Developer Packet: 7606 NE MLK Blvd & 521 NE Russet St

Developers Packet

Subject Property

7606 WI/NE MLK Blvd. & 521 WI/NE Russet St, Portland OR 97211

Tax Lot #: 1N1E11CC -0700, 800, 900, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500 Alt. Tax ID #: R155424, R155425, R155433, R155429, R155426, R155428, R155427 Jurisdiction: City of Portland/ Multnomah Co. Compliments of WFG National Title Insurance Company Customer Service Department

Table of Contents 

Property Details



Utilities (Water, Sewer & Gas)



Zoning



Custom Maps

•

Miscellaneous Items -Demographics -Traffic Report -Crime Reports

The information contained is provided by WFG’s Customer Service Department as a courtesy to our customers, and while deemed reliable, is not guaranteed.

Property Details 

Property Tax Information



Assessors Tax Map



Vesting Deed



Plat

Property Detail Report Owner: Fadi Ayach Site: 7606 Wi/ NE M L King Blvd Portland OR 97211 Mail: 2010 Sunset Ave West Linn OR 97068

Multnomah County Data as of: 01/15/2021

Location and Site Information County:

Lot SqFt:

8,506

Legal Description: APN: Tax Lot: Twn-Rng-Sec: Neighborhood: Subdivision: Legal Lot/Block:

Multnomah EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 1&2 EXC PT IN RR R/W, LOT 3&4 R155424 1N1E11CC00700 01N / 01E / 11 / SW Woodlawn El Tovar 1 / 15

Lot Acres: Land Use: Land Use STD: County Bldg Use: # Dwellings: Map Page/Grid: Zoning:

0.20 201 - Commercial, Commercial, Improved Commercial Miscellaneous CMSC - Whse General/Light Mfg>15000 Sf

Census Tract/Block

003601 / 2015

Watershed:

Columbia Slough-Willamette River

566-G5 Portland-CE

Property Characteristics Total Living Area: First Floor SqFt:

Bedrooms: Bathrooms Total:

Year Built/Eff: Heating:

Second Floor SqFt: Basement Fin/Unfin: Attic Fin/Unfin:

Bathrooms Full/Half: Stories: Foundation:

Cooling: Fireplace: Pool:

Garage SqFt:

Roof Material:

Kitchen:

0

Assessment and Tax Information Market Total: Market Land:

$266,440.00 $266,440.00

Property Tax: Exemption:

Market Structure: Asssessment Year: Assessed Total:

2020 $43,900.00

Market Improved %: Levy Code: Mill Rate:

$1,121.50

710 25.5471

Sale and Loan Information Sale Date: Sale Amount: Document #: Deed Type: Title Co:

12/23/2010 $800,000.00 162546 Deed TICOR TITLE

Lender: Loan Amount: Loan Type: Price/SqFt: Seller Name:

ALBINA CMNTY BK $600,000.00 $0.00 ALBINA CMNTY BK

Prepared By: WFG National Title Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Pkwy, Suite 350, Portland, OR 97223 P: 503 603 1700 | 360 891 5474 E: cs@wfgnationaltitle.com | cccs@wfgtitle.com Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representation, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

This map/plat is being furnished as an aid in locating the herein described land in relation to adjoining streets, natural boundaries and other land, and is not a survey of the land depicted. Except to the extent a policy of title insurance is expressly modi ed by endorsement, if any, the company does not insure dimensions, distances, location of easements, acreage or other matters shown thereon.

7/1/20 TO 6/30/21 REAL PROPERTY TAX STATEMENT Multnomah County Oregon ∗ PO Box 2716 ∗ Portland, OR 97208-2716 Phone: 503-988-3326 www.multcotax.org

ACCOUNT NO:

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION CODE AREA:

SITUS: 7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 1&2 EXC PT IN RR R/W, LOT 3&4

AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

VALUES:

LAST YEAR

MARKET VALUES: LAND STRUCTURE NET RMV TAXABLE VALUES: NET ASSESSED VALUE

PROPERTY TAXES:

THIS YEAR

256,180 0 256,180

266,440 0 266,440

42,630

43,900

$1,080.49

$1,121.50

The Multnomah Building is temporarily open for in-person Property Tax Payments Only. Please visit proptax.multco.us or call (503) 9883326 for payment options, service hours, and information.

R155424

710 2020-21 CURRENT TAX BY DISTRICT: PORTLAND COMMUNITY COLLEGE PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS LOC OPT MULTNOMAH ESD EDUCATION TAXES:

10.93 203.62 87.36 17.89 $319.80

CITY OF PORTLAND CITY OF PORTLAND CHILD LOC OPT EAST MULT SOIL & WATER CD-GOV METRO LOC OPT PORTLAND FIRE/POLICE PENSION URBAN RENEWAL - PORTLAND PORT OF PORTLAND METRO MULTNOMAH COUNTY MULT CO HIST SOCIETY LOC OPT MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY GENERAL GOVERNMENT TAXES:

178.77 17.67 4.00 4.21 107.74 121.79 2.75 3.79 169.58 2.20 47.65 $660.15

CITY OF PORTLAND BONDS METRO BONDS PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE BONDS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS BONDS BONDS AND MISC TAXES:

16.85 15.67 15.48 93.55 $141.55

2020-21 TAX (Before Discount)

$1,121.50

TAX PAYMENT OPTIONS

(See back of statement for payment instructions)

Pay By In Full 2/3 1/3

Discount

Net Amount Due

11/16/20

33.64

$1,087.86

11/16/20

14.95

$732.72

11/16/20

NONE

$373.84

DELINQUENT TAXES:

$0.00 $1,087.86

TOTAL (After Discount):

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENT TO: Multnomah County

PLEASE DETACH STUB AND RETURN WITH PAYMENT. RETAIN TOP PORTION FOR YOUR RECORDS. OREGON PROPERTY TAX YEAR

July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021

Multnomah County Property Taxes Property Address

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211 DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW

0001155424

0000037384

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENTS TO:

Code Area

Account Number

Tax Collector, Multnomah County

710

R155424

Net Amount

Amount Paid

Payment Options: IN FULL 11/16/20

2/3 1/3

$1,087.86

11/16/20 11/16/20

$732.72 $373.84

Discount is lost and interest applied after due date

0000073272

0000108786

00

Pay Online

WRITE MAILING ADDRESS CHANGES IN AREA BELOW AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

9782

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211

ASSESSOR Address

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD

Owner

Address2

PORTLAND, OR 97211

Name

AYACH,FADI H

City

PORTLAND

Address

Property ID

R155424

2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN, OR 97068-3611

Tax Roll

EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 1&2 EXC PT IN RR R/W, LOT 3&4

Type

O OWNER (PRIMARY)

Use

WHSE GENERAL/LIGHT MFG>15000 SF

Lot

1&2,3&4

Block

15

County

Multnomah

State ID

1N1E11CC 700

New State ID

1N1E11CC -00700

Alt Account Number

R241803740

Map Number

2231 OLD

Land Type

CVCL - CONVERTED COMMERCIAL SEGMENT

Total Land Area

0.20 acres (8,506 sq ft)

Building Area

0 sq ft

Assessor Update Date 04/12/2021 4:17AM For more information about data updates or discrepancies, please contact Multnomah County Assessment, Recording & Taxation at (503) 988-3326 or dartcs@multco.us.

Sales History & Deed Sale Date

Type

Instrument

Sale Price

2010-12-23

WD WARRANTY DEED

2010162546

$800,000.00

1992-01-01

WD WARRANTY DEED

BP25002358

$366,039.00

Improvements

Assessment History

Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2020

$0.00

$266,440.00

$0.00

$266,440.00

$0.00

$43,900.00

2019

$0.00

$256,180.00

$0.00

$256,180.00

$0.00

$42,630.00

2018

$0.00

$256,180.00

$0.00

$256,180.00

$0.00

$41,390.00

2017

$0.00

$208,280.00

$0.00

$208,280.00

$0.00

$40,190.00

2016

$0.00

$196,490.00

$0.00

$196,490.00

$0.00

$39,020.00

2015

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$37,890.00

2014

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$36,790.00

2013

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$35,720.00

2012

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$34,680.00

2011

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$33,670.00

2010

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$32,690.00

2009

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$31,740.00

2008

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$130,990.00

$0.00

$30,820.00

2007

$0.00

$110,150.00

$0.00

$110,150.00

$0.00

$29,930.00

2006

$0.00

$95,270.00

$0.00

$95,270.00

$0.00

$29,060.00

2005

$0.00

$95,270.00

$0.00

$95,270.00

$0.00

$28,220.00

2004

$0.00

$83,360.00

$0.00

$83,360.00

$0.00

$27,400.00

2003

$0.00

$83,360.00

$0.00

$83,360.00

$0.00

$26,610.00

2002

$0.00

$44,540.00

$0.00

$44,540.00

$0.00

$25,840.00

2001

$0.00

$43,250.00

$0.00

$43,250.00

$0.00

$25,090.00

2000

$0.00

$36,960.00

$0.00

$36,960.00

$0.00

$24,360.00

1999

$0.00

$33,300.00

$0.00

$33,300.00

$0.00

$23,660.00

1998

$0.00

$30,000.00

$0.00

$30,000.00

$0.00

$22,980.00

1997

$0.00

$28,600.00

$0.00

$28,600.00

$0.00

$22,320.00

Tax Districts Code

Description

101

PORT OF PORTLAND

130

CITY OF PORTLAND

143

METRO

164

EAST MULT SOIL/WATER - GOV

170

MULTNOMAH COUNTY

171

URBAN RENEWAL PORTLAND

173

URB REN SPECIAL LEVY - PORTLAND

176

MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY

198

TRI-MET TRANSPORTATION

304

MULTNOMAH ESD

309

PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE

311

PORTLAND SCHOOL DIST #1

130L

CITY OF PORTLAND - LOC OPT

This map/plat is being furnished as an aid in locating the herein described land in relation to adjoining streets, natural boundaries and other land, and is not a survey of the land depicted. Except to the extent a policy of title insurance is expressly modi ed by endorsement, if any, the company does not insure dimensions, distances, location of easements, acreage or other matters shown thereon.

Property Detail Report Owner: Fadi Ayach Site: 7606 NE M L King Blvd Portland OR 97211 Mail: 2010 Sunset Ave West Linn OR 97068

Multnomah County Data as of: 01/15/2021

Location and Site Information County: Legal Description: APN: Tax Lot: Twn-Rng-Sec: Neighborhood: Subdivision: Legal Lot/Block: Census Tract/Block

Multnomah EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 5-12 R155425 1N1E11CC00800 01N / 01E / 11 / SW Woodlawn El Tovar 5 / 15 003601 / 2015

Lot SqFt: Lot Acres: Land Use: Land Use STD: County Bldg Use: # Dwellings: Map Page/Grid: Zoning: Watershed:

26,785 0.61 201 - Commercial, Commercial, Improved Commercial Miscellaneous CMSC - Whse General/Misc 566-G5 Portland-CE Columbia Slough-Willamette River

Property Characteristics Total Living Area: First Floor SqFt: Second Floor SqFt: Basement Fin/Unfin: Attic Fin/Unfin: Garage SqFt:

10,000 10,000

Bedrooms: Bathrooms Total: Bathrooms Full/Half: Stories: Foundation: Roof Material:

2

Year Built/Eff: Heating: Cooling: Fireplace: Pool: Kitchen:

1948

0

Assessment and Tax Information Market Total: Market Land: Market Structure: Asssessment Year: Assessed Total:

$1,281,000.00 $839,000.00 $442,000.00 2020 $323,470.00

Property Tax: Exemption: Market Improved %: Levy Code: Mill Rate:

$8,263.74 35.00% 710 25.5471

Sale and Loan Information Sale Date: Sale Amount: Document #: Deed Type: Title Co:

12/23/2010 $800,000.00 162546 Deed

Lender: Loan Amount: Loan Type: Price/SqFt: Seller Name:

ALBINA CMNTY BK $600,000.00 $80.00 OWNER RECORD

Prepared By: WFG National Title Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Pkwy, Suite 350, Portland, OR 97223 P: 503 603 1700 | 360 891 5474 E: cs@wfgnationaltitle.com | cccs@wfgtitle.com

Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representation, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

This map/plat is being furnished as an aid in locating the herein described land in relation to adjoining streets, natural boundaries and other land, and is not a survey of the land depicted. Except to the extent a policy of title insurance is expressly modi ed by endorsement, if any, the company does not insure dimensions, distances, location of easements, acreage or other matters shown thereon.

7/1/20 TO 6/30/21 REAL PROPERTY TAX STATEMENT Multnomah County Oregon ∗ PO Box 2716 ∗ Portland, OR 97208-2716 Phone: 503-988-3326 www.multcotax.org

ACCOUNT NO:

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION CODE AREA:

SITUS: 7606 NE M L KING BLVD EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 5-12

AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

VALUES:

LAST YEAR

MARKET VALUES: LAND STRUCTURE NET RMV TAXABLE VALUES: NET ASSESSED VALUE

PROPERTY TAXES:

THIS YEAR

806,700 405,510 1,212,210

839,000 442,000 1,281,000

314,050

323,470

$7,959.82

$8,263.74

The Multnomah Building is temporarily open for in-person Property Tax Payments Only. Please visit proptax.multco.us or call (503) 9883326 for payment options, service hours, and information.

R155425

710 2020-21 CURRENT TAX BY DISTRICT: PORTLAND COMMUNITY COLLEGE PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS LOC OPT MULTNOMAH ESD EDUCATION TAXES:

80.51 1,500.29 643.71 131.85 $2,356.36

CITY OF PORTLAND CITY OF PORTLAND CHILD LOC OPT EAST MULT SOIL & WATER CD-GOV METRO LOC OPT PORTLAND FIRE/POLICE PENSION URBAN RENEWAL - PORTLAND PORT OF PORTLAND METRO MULTNOMAH COUNTY MULT CO HIST SOCIETY LOC OPT MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY GENERAL GOVERNMENT TAXES:

1,317.27 130.23 29.50 31.05 793.86 897.38 20.28 27.95 1,249.53 16.17 351.13 $4,864.35

CITY OF PORTLAND BONDS METRO BONDS PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE BONDS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS BONDS BONDS AND MISC TAXES:

124.18 115.48 114.09 689.28 $1,043.03

2020-21 TAX (Before Discount)

$8,263.74

TAX PAYMENT OPTIONS

(See back of statement for payment instructions)

Pay By In Full 2/3 1/3

Discount

Net Amount Due

11/16/20

247.91

$8,015.83

11/16/20

110.18

$5,398.98

11/16/20

NONE

$2,754.58

DELINQUENT TAXES:

$0.00 $8,015.83

TOTAL (After Discount):

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENT TO: Multnomah County

PLEASE DETACH STUB AND RETURN WITH PAYMENT. RETAIN TOP PORTION FOR YOUR RECORDS. OREGON PROPERTY TAX YEAR

July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021

Multnomah County Property Taxes Property Address

7606 NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211 DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW

0001155425

0000275458

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENTS TO:

Code Area

Account Number

Tax Collector, Multnomah County

710

R155425

Net Amount

Amount Paid

Payment Options: IN FULL 11/16/20

2/3 1/3

$8,015.83

11/16/20 11/16/20

$5,398.98 $2,754.58

Discount is lost and interest applied after due date

0000539898

0000801583

01

Pay Online

WRITE MAILING ADDRESS CHANGES IN AREA BELOW AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

9786

7606 NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211

ASSESSOR Address

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Owner

Address2

PORTLAND, OR 97211

Name

AYACH,FADI H

City

PORTLAND

Address

Property ID

R155425

2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN, OR 97068-3611

Tax Roll

EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 5-12

Type

O OWNER (PRIMARY)

Use

WHSE GENERAL/MISC

Lot

5-12

Block

15

County

Multnomah

State ID

1N1E11CC 800

New State ID

1N1E11CC -00800

Alt Account Number

R241803780

Map Number

2231 OLD

Related Accounts Land Type

COM - COMMERCIAL LAND

Total Land Area

0.61 acres (26,785 sq ft)

Building Area

10,000 sq ft

Assessor Update Date 04/12/2021 4:17AM For more information about data updates or discrepancies, please contact Multnomah County Assessment, Recording & Taxation at (503) 988-3326 or dartcs@multco.us.

Sales History & Deed Sale Date

Type

Instrument

Sale Price

2010-12-23

WD WARRANTY DEED

2010162546

$800,000.00

2010-12-23

WD WARRANTY DEED

2010162546

$800,000.00

2010-05-31

TRD TRUSTEE'S DEED

2010067853

$1,200,000.00

1996-10-01

WD WARRANTY DEED

96153300

$333,653.00

Improvements Improvement Type

WAREHOUSE

Improvement Value

$442,000.00

Building Class

WHSE GENERAL/LT MFG>15000 SF

Actual Year Built

1948

Number Of Segments

2

Segment Number

Segment Type

Class

Area Sq Ft

1

MAIN

10000

2

BSMT UNFINISHED

4500

1

SURFACE PARKING

1

2

FENCE

2

16500

Assessment History Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2020

$442,000.00

$839,000.00

$0.00

$1,281,000.00

$0.00

$323,470.00

2019

$405,510.00

$806,700.00

$0.00

$1,212,210.00

$0.00

$314,050.00

2018

$405,510.00

$806,700.00

$0.00

$1,212,210.00

$0.00

$304,910.00

2017

$329,680.00

$655,850.00

$0.00

$985,530.00

$0.00

$296,030.00

2016

$311,020.00

$618,730.00

$0.00

$929,750.00

$0.00

$287,410.00

2015

$259,180.00

$412,490.00

$0.00

$671,670.00

$0.00

$279,040.00

2014

$239,980.00

$412,490.00

$0.00

$652,470.00

$0.00

$270,920.00

2013

$237,610.00

$412,490.00

$0.00

$650,100.00

$0.00

$263,030.00

2012

$270,010.00

$412,490.00

$0.00

$682,500.00

$0.00

$255,370.00

2011

$270,010.00

$412,490.00

$0.00

$682,500.00

$0.00

$247,940.00

2010

$300,010.00

$412,490.00

$0.00

$712,500.00

$0.00

$240,720.00

2009

$300,010.00

$412,490.00

$0.00

$712,500.00

$0.00

$233,710.00

2008

$300,010.00

$412,490.00

$0.00

$712,500.00

$0.00

$226,910.00

2007

$300,010.00

$346,870.00

$0.00

$646,880.00

$0.00

$220,310.00

2006

$267,870.00

$299,990.00

$0.00

$567,860.00

$0.00

$213,900.00

2005

$234,970.00

$299,990.00

$0.00

$534,960.00

$0.00

$207,670.00

2004

$199,130.00

$262,490.00

$0.00

$461,620.00

$0.00

$201,630.00

2003

$203,190.00

$262,490.00

$0.00

$465,680.00

$0.00

$195,760.00

2002

$203,190.00

$140,590.00

$0.00

$343,780.00

$0.00

$190,060.00

2001

$197,270.00

$136,490.00

$0.00

$333,760.00

$0.00

$184,530.00

2000

$168,610.00

$116,660.00

$0.00

$285,270.00

$0.00

$179,160.00

1999

$151,900.00

$105,100.00

$0.00

$257,000.00

$0.00

$173,950.00

1998

$136,800.00

$94,700.00

$0.00

$231,500.00

$0.00

$168,890.00

1997

$126,200.00

$90,200.00

$0.00

$216,400.00

$0.00

$163,980.00

Tax Districts Code

Description

101

PORT OF PORTLAND

130

CITY OF PORTLAND

143

METRO

Aerial Map

Parcel ID: R155425 Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representations, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

7606 NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211

PERMITS Application Number

Address

Type

Status

Updated

2021-033991-000-00-NU

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Other- NU Nuisance Complaint

Request

4/7/21

2020-148814-000-00-CO

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Business Commercial Building Permit Alteration

Under Review

7/10/20

2019-171438-000-00-CC

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Zoning Code Compliance

Closed

4/8/20

2019-175253-000-00-VI

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Commercial Violation Structural

Enforcement

3/10/20

2019-224801-000-00-ET

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Commercial/Multifamily Electrical Permit Addition/Alteration/Replacement

Expired

3/9/20

2014-241017-000-00-CC

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Zoning Code Compliance

Closed

11/21/18

2018-165623-000-00-PR

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Tier 1 Public Registry DMV

Approved

5/4/18

2017-169208-000-00-NC

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Industrial/Commercial Noise Complaint Mechanical Equipment- not HVAC

Closed

3/28/18

2015-181565-000-00-ET

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Commercial/Multifamily Electrical Permit Addition/Alteration/Replacement

VOID

7/31/17

2011-110385-000-00-PR

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

z-(Old) New Public Registry DMV

Approved

2/17/16

2015-172251-000-00-PT

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Commercial/Multifamily Plumbing Permit Addition/Alteration/Replacement

Final

6/8/15

2013-184217-000-00-DR

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Stormwater Retro�t - Comm Development Review Alteration

Under Inspection

6/4/15

Application Number

Address

Type

Status

Updated

2015-146566-000-00-UC

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Commercial BES - Sewer Connection Plumbing Permit New Connection

Final

5/27/15

2013-114042-000-00-FS

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Hazardous Materials Fire Systems Permit Removal

Final

9/30/13

2013-191909-000-00-WI

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Basic guidance meeting Public Works Inquiry

Completed

8/27/13

2008-161197-000-00-VI

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Commercial Violation Environmental Soils

Closed

3/10/09

2008-190643-000-00-PT

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Commercial/Multifamily Plumbing Permit Addition/Alteration/Replacement

Final

3/10/09

2007-158561-000-00-PR

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

z-(Old) Renewal Public Registry DMV

Approved

8/29/07

2006-141648-000-00-PR

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

z-(Old) Renewal Public Registry DMV

Approved

6/27/06

2000-153042-000-00-CO

7606 NE M L KING BLVD

Business Commercial Building Permit Alteration

Issued

6/9/00

Underground Storage Tanks Nearby Address

Type

Size

28605

505 NE LOMBARD

JPG

28.2 KB

118404

505 NE LOMBARD

TIF

17.8 KB

118407

515 NE LOMBARD

TIF

16.9 KB

28608

515 NE LOMBARD

JPG

26.7 KB



ID







These permits were generated by the Fire Bureau from 1936-1990 to inspect the installation and renovation of above ground and underground residential storage tanks There are many areas that are within the City limits today, but were outside the city limits when the tank work was performed. We do not have any permits for those addresses (east of 92nd Avenue, south of SE Foster Rd, north of Columbia Blvd, Maywood Park, Rose City) Even though permits were required by the Fire Bureau, we might not have one for a particular address because it was lost or the owner never �led one. We always recommend having a tank locate performed in addition to searching this database. You can access a list of



ODEQ-licensed tank companies at www.deq.state.or.us

. Click on "Programs", then "Heating Oil Tanks."

The permits are for installation and/or renovation, NOT decommissioning/removal. The City has never required permits to decommission/remove a tank on private property. If your tank is in the street/sidewalk, then it's in the Right-of-Way, and you would need a street/sidewalk opening permit from PDOT. If the tank has leaked, and it was reported to ODEQ, then they will have a �le on it at the website listed above.

Still have questions? Contact the Oregon DEQ at 503-229-5263

Property Detail Report Owner: Fadi Ayach Site: 7606 Wi/ NE M L King Blvd Portland OR 97211 Mail: 2010 Sunset Ave West Linn OR 97068

Multnomah County Data as of: 01/15/2021

Location and Site Information County: Legal Description: APN: Tax Lot: Twn-Rng-Sec: Neighborhood: Subdivision: Legal Lot/Block: Census Tract/Block

Multnomah EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 21 TL 900 R155433 1N1E11CC00900 01N / 01E / 11 / SW Woodlawn El Tovar 21 / 15 003601 / 2015

Lot SqFt: Lot Acres: Land Use: Land Use STD: County Bldg Use: # Dwellings: Map Page/Grid: Zoning: Watershed:

3,285 0.08 201 - Commercial, Commercial, Improved Commercial Miscellaneous CMSC - Whse General/Light Mfg>15000 Sf 566-G5 Portland-CE Columbia Slough-Willamette River

Property Characteristics Total Living Area: First Floor SqFt: Second Floor SqFt: Basement Fin/Unfin: Attic Fin/Unfin: Garage SqFt:

Bedrooms: Bathrooms Total: Bathrooms Full/Half: Stories: Foundation: Roof Material:

Year Built/Eff: Heating: Cooling: Fireplace: Pool: Kitchen:

0

Assessment and Tax Information Market Total: Market Land: Market Structure: Asssessment Year: Assessed Total:

$73,500.00 $73,500.00 2020 $10,660.00

Property Tax: Exemption: Market Improved %: Levy Code: Mill Rate:

$272.35

710 25.5471

Sale and Loan Information Sale Date: Sale Amount: Document #: Deed Type: Title Co:

12/23/2010 $800,000.00 162546 Deed

Lender: Loan Amount: Loan Type: Price/SqFt: Seller Name:

ALBINA CMNTY BK $600,000.00 $0.00 OWNER RECORD

Prepared By: WFG National Title Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Pkwy, Suite 350, Portland, OR 97223 P: 503 603 1700 | 360 891 5474 E: cs@wfgnationaltitle.com | cccs@wfgtitle.com

Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representation, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

This map/plat is being furnished as an aid in locating the herein described land in relation to adjoining streets, natural boundaries and other land, and is not a survey of the land depicted. Except to the extent a policy of title insurance is expressly modi ed by endorsement, if any, the company does not insure dimensions, distances, location of easements, acreage or other matters shown thereon.

7/1/20 TO 6/30/21 REAL PROPERTY TAX STATEMENT Multnomah County Oregon ∗ PO Box 2716 ∗ Portland, OR 97208-2716 Phone: 503-988-3326 www.multcotax.org

ACCOUNT NO:

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION CODE AREA:

SITUS: 7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 21 TL 900

AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

VALUES:

LAST YEAR

MARKET VALUES: LAND STRUCTURE NET RMV TAXABLE VALUES: NET ASSESSED VALUE

PROPERTY TAXES:

THIS YEAR

70,670 0 70,670

73,500 0 73,500

10,350

10,660

$262.34

$272.35

The Multnomah Building is temporarily open for in-person Property Tax Payments Only. Please visit proptax.multco.us or call (503) 9883326 for payment options, service hours, and information.

R155433

710 2020-21 CURRENT TAX BY DISTRICT: PORTLAND COMMUNITY COLLEGE PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS LOC OPT MULTNOMAH ESD EDUCATION TAXES:

2.65 49.44 21.21 4.35 $77.65

CITY OF PORTLAND CITY OF PORTLAND CHILD LOC OPT EAST MULT SOIL & WATER CD-GOV METRO LOC OPT PORTLAND FIRE/POLICE PENSION URBAN RENEWAL - PORTLAND PORT OF PORTLAND METRO MULTNOMAH COUNTY MULT CO HIST SOCIETY LOC OPT MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY GENERAL GOVERNMENT TAXES:

43.41 4.29 0.97 1.02 26.16 29.59 0.67 0.92 41.18 0.53 11.57 $160.31

CITY OF PORTLAND BONDS METRO BONDS PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE BONDS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS BONDS BONDS AND MISC TAXES:

4.10 3.81 3.76 22.72 $34.39

2020-21 TAX (Before Discount)

$272.35

TAX PAYMENT OPTIONS

(See back of statement for payment instructions)

Pay By In Full 2/3 1/3

Discount

Net Amount Due

11/16/20

8.17

$264.18

11/16/20

3.63

$177.94

11/16/20

NONE

$90.79

DELINQUENT TAXES:

$0.00 $264.18

TOTAL (After Discount):

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENT TO: Multnomah County

PLEASE DETACH STUB AND RETURN WITH PAYMENT. RETAIN TOP PORTION FOR YOUR RECORDS. OREGON PROPERTY TAX YEAR

July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021

Multnomah County Property Taxes Property Address

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211 DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW

0001155433

0000009079

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENTS TO:

Code Area

Account Number

Tax Collector, Multnomah County

710

R155433

Net Amount

Amount Paid

Payment Options: IN FULL 11/16/20

2/3 1/3

$264.18

11/16/20 11/16/20

$177.94 $90.79

Discount is lost and interest applied after due date

0000017794

0000026418

08

Pay Online

WRITE MAILING ADDRESS CHANGES IN AREA BELOW AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

9781

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211

ASSESSOR Address

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD

Owner

Address2

PORTLAND, OR 97211

Name

AYACH,FADI H

City

PORTLAND

Address

Property ID

R155433

2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN, OR 97068-3611

Tax Roll

EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 21 TL 900

Type

O OWNER (PRIMARY)

Use

WHSE GENERAL/LIGHT MFG>15000 SF

Lot

21 TL 900

Block

15

County

Multnomah

State ID

1N1E11CC 900

New State ID

1N1E11CC -00900

Alt Account Number

R241803970

Map Number

2231 OLD

Land Type

CVCL - CONVERTED COMMERCIAL SEGMENT

Total Land Area

0.08 acres (3,285 sq ft)

Building Area

0 sq ft

Assessor Update Date 04/12/2021 4:17AM For more information about data updates or discrepancies, please contact Multnomah County Assessment, Recording & Taxation at (503) 988-3326 or dartcs@multco.us.

Sales History & Deed Sale Date

Type

Instrument

Sale Price

2010-12-23

WD WARRANTY DEED

2010162546

$800,000.00

Improvements

Assessment History Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2020

$0.00

$73,500.00

$0.00

$73,500.00

$0.00

$10,660.00

Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2019

$0.00

$70,670.00

$0.00

$70,670.00

$0.00

$10,350.00

2018

$0.00

$70,670.00

$0.00

$70,670.00

$0.00

$10,050.00

2017

$0.00

$57,450.00

$0.00

$57,450.00

$0.00

$9,760.00

2016

$0.00

$54,200.00

$0.00

$54,200.00

$0.00

$9,480.00

2015

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$9,210.00

2014

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$8,950.00

2013

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$8,690.00

2012

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$8,440.00

2011

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$8,200.00

2010

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$7,970.00

2009

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$7,740.00

2008

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$36,140.00

$0.00

$7,520.00

2007

$0.00

$30,390.00

$0.00

$30,390.00

$0.00

$7,310.00

2006

$0.00

$26,280.00

$0.00

$26,280.00

$0.00

$7,100.00

2005

$0.00

$26,280.00

$0.00

$26,280.00

$0.00

$6,900.00

2004

$0.00

$23,000.00

$0.00

$23,000.00

$0.00

$6,700.00

2003

$0.00

$23,000.00

$0.00

$23,000.00

$0.00

$6,510.00

2002

$0.00

$10,970.00

$0.00

$10,970.00

$0.00

$6,330.00

2001

$0.00

$10,650.00

$0.00

$10,650.00

$0.00

$6,150.00

2000

$0.00

$9,100.00

$0.00

$9,100.00

$0.00

$5,980.00

1999

$0.00

$8,200.00

$0.00

$8,200.00

$0.00

$5,810.00

1998

$0.00

$7,400.00

$0.00

$7,400.00

$0.00

$5,650.00

1997

$0.00

$7,000.00

$0.00

$7,000.00

$0.00

$5,490.00

Tax Districts Code

Description

101

PORT OF PORTLAND

130

CITY OF PORTLAND

143

METRO

164

EAST MULT SOIL/WATER - GOV

170

MULTNOMAH COUNTY

171

URBAN RENEWAL PORTLAND

173

URB REN SPECIAL LEVY - PORTLAND

176

MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY

198

TRI-MET TRANSPORTATION

304

MULTNOMAH ESD

309

PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE

311

PORTLAND SCHOOL DIST #1

130L

CITY OF PORTLAND - LOC OPT

130N

CITY OF PORTLAND - NEW BONDS

Aerial Map

Parcel ID: R155433 Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representations, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

Property Detail Report Owner: Fadi Ayach Site: 7606 Wi/ NE M L King Blvd Portland OR 97211 Mail: 2010 Sunset Ave West Linn OR 97068

Multnomah County Data as of: 01/15/2021

Location and Site Information County: Legal Description: APN: Tax Lot: Twn-Rng-Sec: Neighborhood: Subdivision: Legal Lot/Block: Census Tract/Block

Multnomah EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 19&20 R155429 1N1E11CC01200 01N / 01E / 11 / SW Woodlawn El Tovar 19 / 15 003601 / 2015

Lot SqFt: Lot Acres: Land Use: Land Use STD: County Bldg Use: # Dwellings: Map Page/Grid: Zoning: Watershed:

6,850 0.16 201 - Commercial, Commercial, Improved Commercial Miscellaneous CMSC - Whse General/Light Mfg>15000 Sf 566-H5 Portland-CE Columbia Slough-Willamette River

Property Characteristics Total Living Area: First Floor SqFt: Second Floor SqFt: Basement Fin/Unfin: Attic Fin/Unfin: Garage SqFt:

Bedrooms: Bathrooms Total: Bathrooms Full/Half: Stories: Foundation: Roof Material:

Year Built/Eff: Heating: Cooling: Fireplace: Pool: Kitchen:

0

Assessment and Tax Information Market Total: Market Land: Market Structure: Asssessment Year: Assessed Total:

$153,270.00 $153,270.00 2020 $21,850.00

Property Tax: Exemption: Market Improved %: Levy Code: Mill Rate:

$558.19

710 25.5471

Sale and Loan Information Sale Date: Sale Amount: Document #: Deed Type: Title Co:

12/23/2010 $800,000.00 162546 Deed

Lender: Loan Amount: Loan Type: Price/SqFt: Seller Name:

ALBINA CMNTY BK $600,000.00 $0.00 OWNER RECORD

Prepared By: WFG National Title Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Pkwy, Suite 350, Portland, OR 97223 P: 503 603 1700 | 360 891 5474 E: cs@wfgnationaltitle.com | cccs@wfgtitle.com

Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representation, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

This map/plat is being furnished as an aid in locating the herein described land in relation to adjoining streets, natural boundaries and other land, and is not a survey of the land depicted. Except to the extent a policy of title insurance is expressly modi ed by endorsement, if any, the company does not insure dimensions, distances, location of easements, acreage or other matters shown thereon.

7/1/20 TO 6/30/21 REAL PROPERTY TAX STATEMENT Multnomah County Oregon ∗ PO Box 2716 ∗ Portland, OR 97208-2716 Phone: 503-988-3326 www.multcotax.org

ACCOUNT NO:

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION CODE AREA:

SITUS: 7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 19&20

AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

VALUES:

LAST YEAR

MARKET VALUES: LAND STRUCTURE NET RMV TAXABLE VALUES: NET ASSESSED VALUE

PROPERTY TAXES:

THIS YEAR

147,370 0 147,370

153,270 0 153,270

21,220

21,850

$537.83

$558.19

The Multnomah Building is temporarily open for in-person Property Tax Payments Only. Please visit proptax.multco.us or call (503) 9883326 for payment options, service hours, and information.

R155429

710 2020-21 CURRENT TAX BY DISTRICT: PORTLAND COMMUNITY COLLEGE PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS LOC OPT MULTNOMAH ESD EDUCATION TAXES:

5.44 101.34 43.48 8.91 $159.17

CITY OF PORTLAND CITY OF PORTLAND CHILD LOC OPT EAST MULT SOIL & WATER CD-GOV METRO LOC OPT PORTLAND FIRE/POLICE PENSION URBAN RENEWAL - PORTLAND PORT OF PORTLAND METRO MULTNOMAH COUNTY MULT CO HIST SOCIETY LOC OPT MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY GENERAL GOVERNMENT TAXES:

88.98 8.80 1.99 2.10 53.62 60.60 1.37 1.89 84.40 1.09 23.72 $328.56

CITY OF PORTLAND BONDS METRO BONDS PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE BONDS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS BONDS BONDS AND MISC TAXES:

8.39 7.80 7.71 46.56 $70.46

2020-21 TAX (Before Discount)

$558.19

TAX PAYMENT OPTIONS

(See back of statement for payment instructions)

Pay By In Full 2/3 1/3

Discount

Net Amount Due

11/16/20

16.74

$541.45

11/16/20

7.44

$364.69

11/16/20

NONE

$186.07

DELINQUENT TAXES:

$0.00 $541.45

TOTAL (After Discount):

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENT TO: Multnomah County

PLEASE DETACH STUB AND RETURN WITH PAYMENT. RETAIN TOP PORTION FOR YOUR RECORDS. OREGON PROPERTY TAX YEAR

July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021

Multnomah County Property Taxes Property Address

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211 DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW

0001155429

0000018607

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENTS TO:

Code Area

Account Number

Tax Collector, Multnomah County

710

R155429

Net Amount

Amount Paid

Payment Options: IN FULL 11/16/20

2/3 1/3

$541.45

11/16/20 11/16/20

$364.69 $186.07

Discount is lost and interest applied after due date

0000036469

0000054145

06

Pay Online

WRITE MAILING ADDRESS CHANGES IN AREA BELOW AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

9784

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211

ASSESSOR Address

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD

Owner

Address2

PORTLAND, OR 97211

Name

AYACH,FADI H

City

PORTLAND

Address

Property ID

R155429

2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN, OR 97068-3611

Tax Roll

EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 19&20

Type

O OWNER (PRIMARY)

Use

WHSE GENERAL/LIGHT MFG>15000 SF

Lot

19&20

Block

15

County

Multnomah

State ID

1N1E11CC 1200

New State ID

1N1E11CC -01200

Alt Account Number

R241803920

Map Number

2231 OLD

Land Type

CVCL - CONVERTED COMMERCIAL SEGMENT

Total Land Area

0.16 acres (6,850 sq ft)

Building Area

0 sq ft

Assessor Update Date 04/12/2021 4:17AM For more information about data updates or discrepancies, please contact Multnomah County Assessment, Recording & Taxation at (503) 988-3326 or dartcs@multco.us.

Sales History & Deed Sale Date

Type

Instrument

Sale Price

2010-12-23

WD WARRANTY DEED

2010162546

$800,000.00

Improvements

Assessment History Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2020

$0.00

$153,270.00

$0.00

$153,270.00

$0.00

$21,850.00

Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2019

$0.00

$147,370.00

$0.00

$147,370.00

$0.00

$21,220.00

2018

$0.00

$147,370.00

$0.00

$147,370.00

$0.00

$20,610.00

2017

$0.00

$119,810.00

$0.00

$119,810.00

$0.00

$20,010.00

2016

$0.00

$113,030.00

$0.00

$113,030.00

$0.00

$19,430.00

2015

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$18,870.00

2014

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$18,330.00

2013

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$17,800.00

2012

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$17,290.00

2011

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$16,790.00

2010

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$16,310.00

2009

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$15,840.00

2008

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$75,350.00

$0.00

$15,380.00

2007

$0.00

$63,360.00

$0.00

$63,360.00

$0.00

$14,940.00

2006

$0.00

$54,800.00

$0.00

$54,800.00

$0.00

$14,510.00

2005

$0.00

$54,800.00

$0.00

$54,800.00

$0.00

$14,090.00

2004

$0.00

$47,950.00

$0.00

$47,950.00

$0.00

$13,680.00

2003

$0.00

$47,950.00

$0.00

$47,950.00

$0.00

$13,290.00

2002

$0.00

$22,470.00

$0.00

$22,470.00

$0.00

$12,910.00

2001

$0.00

$21,820.00

$0.00

$21,820.00

$0.00

$12,540.00

2000

$0.00

$18,650.00

$0.00

$18,650.00

$0.00

$12,180.00

1999

$0.00

$16,800.00

$0.00

$16,800.00

$0.00

$11,830.00

1998

$0.00

$15,100.00

$0.00

$15,100.00

$0.00

$11,490.00

1997

$0.00

$14,400.00

$0.00

$14,400.00

$0.00

$11,160.00

Tax Districts Code

Description

101

PORT OF PORTLAND

130

CITY OF PORTLAND

143

METRO

164

EAST MULT SOIL/WATER - GOV

170

MULTNOMAH COUNTY

171

URBAN RENEWAL PORTLAND

173

URB REN SPECIAL LEVY - PORTLAND

176

MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY

198

TRI-MET TRANSPORTATION

304

MULTNOMAH ESD

309

PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE

311

PORTLAND SCHOOL DIST #1

130L

CITY OF PORTLAND - LOC OPT

130N

CITY OF PORTLAND - NEW BONDS

Aerial Map

Parcel ID: R155429 Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representations, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

Property Detail Report Owner: Fadi Ayach Site: 7606 Wi/ NE M L King Blvd Portland OR 97211 Mail: 2010 Sunset Ave West Linn OR 97068

Multnomah County Data as of: 01/15/2021

Location and Site Information County: Legal Description: APN: Tax Lot: Twn-Rng-Sec: Neighborhood: Subdivision: Legal Lot/Block: Census Tract/Block

Multnomah EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 13&18 R155426 1N1E11CC01300 01N / 01E / 11 / SW Woodlawn El Tovar 13 / 15 003601 / 2015

Lot SqFt: Lot Acres: Land Use: Land Use STD: County Bldg Use: # Dwellings: Map Page/Grid: Zoning: Watershed:

7,317 0.17 231 - Commercial, Manufacturing, Improved Commercial Miscellaneous CMSC - Whse General/Light Mfg>15000 Sf 566-H5 Portland-EG2 Columbia Slough-Willamette River

Property Characteristics Total Living Area: First Floor SqFt: Second Floor SqFt: Basement Fin/Unfin: Attic Fin/Unfin: Garage SqFt:

Bedrooms: Bathrooms Total: Bathrooms Full/Half: Stories: Foundation: Roof Material:

Year Built/Eff: Heating: Cooling: Fireplace: Pool: Kitchen:

0

Assessment and Tax Information Market Total: Market Land: Market Structure: Asssessment Year: Assessed Total:

$75,380.00 $75,380.00 2020 $30,710.00

Property Tax: Exemption: Market Improved %: Levy Code: Mill Rate:

$784.55

201 25.5471

Sale and Loan Information Sale Date: Sale Amount: Document #: Deed Type: Title Co:

12/23/2010 $800,000.00 2010162546 WD

Lender: Loan Amount: Loan Type: Price/SqFt: Seller Name:

ALBINA COMMUNITY BANK

Prepared By: WFG National Title Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Pkwy, Suite 350, Portland, OR 97223 P: 503 603 1700 | 360 891 5474 E: cs@wfgnationaltitle.com | cccs@wfgtitle.com

Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representation, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

This map/plat is being furnished as an aid in locating the herein described land in relation to adjoining streets, natural boundaries and other land, and is not a survey of the land depicted. Except to the extent a policy of title insurance is expressly modi ed by endorsement, if any, the company does not insure dimensions, distances, location of easements, acreage or other matters shown thereon.

7/1/20 TO 6/30/21 REAL PROPERTY TAX STATEMENT Multnomah County Oregon ∗ PO Box 2716 ∗ Portland, OR 97208-2716 Phone: 503-988-3326 www.multcotax.org

ACCOUNT NO:

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION CODE AREA:

SITUS: 7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 13&18

AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

VALUES:

LAST YEAR

MARKET VALUES: LAND STRUCTURE NET RMV TAXABLE VALUES: NET ASSESSED VALUE

PROPERTY TAXES:

THIS YEAR

72,480 0 72,480

75,380 0 75,380

29,820

30,710

$755.81

$784.55

The Multnomah Building is temporarily open for in-person Property Tax Payments Only. Please visit proptax.multco.us or call (503) 9883326 for payment options, service hours, and information.

R155426

201 2020-21 CURRENT TAX BY DISTRICT: PORTLAND COMMUNITY COLLEGE PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS LOC OPT MULTNOMAH ESD EDUCATION TAXES:

7.64 142.44 61.11 12.52 $223.71

CITY OF PORTLAND CITY OF PORTLAND CHILD LOC OPT EAST MULT SOIL & WATER CD-GOV METRO LOC OPT PORTLAND FIRE/POLICE PENSION URBAN RENEWAL - PORTLAND PORT OF PORTLAND METRO MULTNOMAH COUNTY MULT CO HIST SOCIETY LOC OPT MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY GENERAL GOVERNMENT TAXES:

125.06 12.36 2.80 2.95 75.37 85.19 1.93 2.65 118.63 1.54 33.34 $461.82

CITY OF PORTLAND BONDS METRO BONDS PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE BONDS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS BONDS BONDS AND MISC TAXES:

11.79 10.96 10.83 65.44 $99.02

2020-21 TAX (Before Discount)

$784.55

TAX PAYMENT OPTIONS

(See back of statement for payment instructions)

Pay By In Full 2/3 1/3

Discount

Net Amount Due

11/16/20

23.54

$761.01

11/16/20

10.46

$512.58

11/16/20

NONE

$261.52

DELINQUENT TAXES:

$0.00 $761.01

TOTAL (After Discount):

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENT TO: Multnomah County

PLEASE DETACH STUB AND RETURN WITH PAYMENT. RETAIN TOP PORTION FOR YOUR RECORDS. OREGON PROPERTY TAX YEAR

July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021

Multnomah County Property Taxes Property Address

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211 DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW

0001155426

0000026152

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENTS TO:

Code Area

Account Number

Tax Collector, Multnomah County

201

R155426

Net Amount

Amount Paid

Payment Options: IN FULL 11/16/20

2/3 1/3

$761.01

11/16/20 11/16/20

$512.58 $261.52

Discount is lost and interest applied after due date

0000051258

0000076101

04

Pay Online

WRITE MAILING ADDRESS CHANGES IN AREA BELOW AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

9783

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211

ASSESSOR Address

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD

Owner

Address2

PORTLAND, OR 97211

Name

AYACH,FADI H

City

PORTLAND

Address

Property ID

R155426

2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN, OR 97068-3611

Tax Roll

EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 13&18

Type

O OWNER (PRIMARY)

Use

WHSE GENERAL/LIGHT MFG>15000 SF

Lot

13&18

Block

15

County

Multnomah

State ID

1N1E11CC 1300

New State ID

1N1E11CC -01300

Alt Account Number

R241803860

Map Number

2231 OLD

Land Type

CVCL - CONVERTED COMMERCIAL SEGMENT

Total Land Area

0.17 acres (7,317 sq ft)

Building Area

0 sq ft

Assessor Update Date 04/12/2021 4:17AM For more information about data updates or discrepancies, please contact Multnomah County Assessment, Recording & Taxation at (503) 988-3326 or dartcs@multco.us.

Sales History & Deed Sale Date

Type

Instrument

Sale Price

2010-12-23

WD WARRANTY DEED

2010162546

$800,000.00

Improvements

Assessment History Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2020

$0.00

$75,380.00

$0.00

$75,380.00

$0.00

$30,710.00

Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2019

$0.00

$72,480.00

$0.00

$72,480.00

$0.00

$29,820.00

2018

$0.00

$72,480.00

$0.00

$72,480.00

$0.00

$28,960.00

2017

$0.00

$58,930.00

$0.00

$58,930.00

$0.00

$28,120.00

2016

$0.00

$55,590.00

$0.00

$55,590.00

$0.00

$27,310.00

2015

$0.00

$44,830.00

$0.00

$44,830.00

$0.00

$26,520.00

2014

$0.00

$42,700.00

$0.00

$42,700.00

$0.00

$25,750.00

2013

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$25,000.00

2012

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$24,280.00

2011

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$23,580.00

2010

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$22,900.00

2009

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$22,240.00

2008

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$42,280.00

$0.00

$21,600.00

2007

$0.00

$38,790.00

$0.00

$38,790.00

$0.00

$20,980.00

2006

$0.00

$38,790.00

$0.00

$38,790.00

$0.00

$20,370.00

2005

$0.00

$35,580.00

$0.00

$35,580.00

$0.00

$19,780.00

2004

$0.00

$30,680.00

$0.00

$30,680.00

$0.00

$19,210.00

2003

$0.00

$31,300.00

$0.00

$31,300.00

$0.00

$18,660.00

2002

$0.00

$31,300.00

$0.00

$31,300.00

$0.00

$18,120.00

2001

$0.00

$30,390.00

$0.00

$30,390.00

$0.00

$17,600.00

2000

$0.00

$25,970.00

$0.00

$25,970.00

$0.00

$17,090.00

1999

$0.00

$23,400.00

$0.00

$23,400.00

$0.00

$16,600.00

1998

$0.00

$21,100.00

$0.00

$21,100.00

$0.00

$16,120.00

1997

$0.00

$20,100.00

$0.00

$20,100.00

$0.00

$15,660.00

Tax Districts Code

Description

101

PORT OF PORTLAND

130

CITY OF PORTLAND

143

METRO

164

EAST MULT SOIL/WATER - GOV

170

MULTNOMAH COUNTY

171

URBAN RENEWAL PORTLAND

173

URB REN SPECIAL LEVY - PORTLAND

176

MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY

198

TRI-MET TRANSPORTATION

304

MULTNOMAH ESD

309

PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE

311

PORTLAND SCHOOL DIST #1

130L

CITY OF PORTLAND - LOC OPT

130N

CITY OF PORTLAND - NEW BONDS

Aerial Map

Parcel ID: R155426 Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representations, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

Property Detail Report Owner: Fadi Ayach Site: 521 NE Russet St Portland OR 97211 Mail: 2010 Sunset Ave West Linn OR 97068

Multnomah County Data as of: 01/15/2021

Location and Site Information County: Legal Description: APN: Tax Lot: Twn-Rng-Sec: Neighborhood: Subdivision: Legal Lot/Block: Census Tract/Block

Multnomah EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 14&17 R155428 1N1E11CC01400 01N / 01E / 11 / SW Woodlawn El Tovar 14 / 15 003601 / 2015

Lot SqFt: Lot Acres: Land Use: Land Use STD: County Bldg Use: # Dwellings: Map Page/Grid: Zoning: Watershed:

6,165 0.14 2013 - Industrial, Manufacturing, Improved Commercial Miscellaneous CMSC - Generic Shop/Garage Use 566-H5 Portland-EG2 Columbia Slough-Willamette River

Property Characteristics Total Living Area: First Floor SqFt: Second Floor SqFt: Basement Fin/Unfin: Attic Fin/Unfin: Garage SqFt:

3,950 3,950

Bedrooms: Bathrooms Total: Bathrooms Full/Half: Stories: Foundation: Roof Material:

1

Year Built/Eff: Heating: Cooling: Fireplace: Pool: Kitchen:

1923

0

Assessment and Tax Information Market Total: Market Land: Market Structure: Asssessment Year: Assessed Total:

$279,850.00 $72,450.00 $207,400.00 2020 $71,620.00

Property Tax: Exemption: Market Improved %: Levy Code: Mill Rate:

$1,829.69 74.00% 201 25.5471

Sale and Loan Information Sale Date: Sale Amount: Document #: Deed Type: Title Co:

12/23/2010 $800,000.00 162546 Deed

Lender: Loan Amount: Loan Type: Price/SqFt: Seller Name:

ALBINA CMNTY BK $600,000.00 $202.53 OWNER RECORD

Prepared By: WFG National Title Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Pkwy, Suite 350, Portland, OR 97223 P: 503 603 1700 | 360 891 5474 E: cs@wfgnationaltitle.com | cccs@wfgtitle.com

Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representation, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

This map/plat is being furnished as an aid in locating the herein described land in relation to adjoining streets, natural boundaries and other land, and is not a survey of the land depicted. Except to the extent a policy of title insurance is expressly modi ed by endorsement, if any, the company does not insure dimensions, distances, location of easements, acreage or other matters shown thereon.

7/1/20 TO 6/30/21 REAL PROPERTY TAX STATEMENT Multnomah County Oregon ∗ PO Box 2716 ∗ Portland, OR 97208-2716 Phone: 503-988-3326 www.multcotax.org

ACCOUNT NO:

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION CODE AREA:

SITUS: 521 NE RUSSET ST EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 14&17

AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

VALUES:

LAST YEAR

MARKET VALUES: LAND STRUCTURE NET RMV TAXABLE VALUES: NET ASSESSED VALUE

PROPERTY TAXES:

THIS YEAR

69,660 192,040 261,700

72,450 207,400 279,850

69,540

71,620

$1,762.57

$1,829.69

The Multnomah Building is temporarily open for in-person Property Tax Payments Only. Please visit proptax.multco.us or call (503) 9883326 for payment options, service hours, and information.

R155428

201 2020-21 CURRENT TAX BY DISTRICT: PORTLAND COMMUNITY COLLEGE PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS LOC OPT MULTNOMAH ESD EDUCATION TAXES:

17.83 332.19 142.52 29.19 $521.73

CITY OF PORTLAND CITY OF PORTLAND CHILD LOC OPT EAST MULT SOIL & WATER CD-GOV METRO LOC OPT PORTLAND FIRE/POLICE PENSION URBAN RENEWAL - PORTLAND PORT OF PORTLAND METRO MULTNOMAH COUNTY MULT CO HIST SOCIETY LOC OPT MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY GENERAL GOVERNMENT TAXES:

291.66 28.83 6.53 6.88 175.77 198.68 4.49 6.19 276.66 3.58 77.74 $1,077.01

CITY OF PORTLAND BONDS METRO BONDS PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE BONDS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS BONDS BONDS AND MISC TAXES:

27.50 25.57 25.26 152.62 $230.95

2020-21 TAX (Before Discount)

$1,829.69

TAX PAYMENT OPTIONS

(See back of statement for payment instructions)

Pay By In Full 2/3 1/3

Discount

Net Amount Due

11/16/20

54.89

$1,774.80

11/16/20

24.40

$1,195.40

11/16/20

NONE

$609.90

DELINQUENT TAXES:

$0.00 $1,774.80

TOTAL (After Discount):

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENT TO: Multnomah County

PLEASE DETACH STUB AND RETURN WITH PAYMENT. RETAIN TOP PORTION FOR YOUR RECORDS. OREGON PROPERTY TAX YEAR

July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021

Multnomah County Property Taxes Property Address

521 NE RUSSET ST PORTLAND, OR 97211 DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW

0001155428

0000060990

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENTS TO:

Code Area

Account Number

Tax Collector, Multnomah County

201

R155428

Net Amount

Amount Paid

Payment Options: IN FULL 11/16/20

2/3 1/3

$1,774.80

11/16/20 11/16/20

$1,195.40 $609.90

Discount is lost and interest applied after due date

0000119540

0000177480

09

Pay Online

WRITE MAILING ADDRESS CHANGES IN AREA BELOW AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

9785

521 NE RUSSET ST PORTLAND, OR 97211

ASSESSOR Address

521 NE RUSSET ST

Owner

Address2

PORTLAND, OR 97211

Name

AYACH,FADI H

City

PORTLAND

Address

Property ID

R155428

2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN, OR 97068-3611

Tax Roll

EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 14&17

Type

O OWNER (PRIMARY)

Use

GENERIC SHOP/GARAGE USE

Lot

14&17

Block

15

County

Multnomah

State ID

1N1E11CC 1400

New State ID

1N1E11CC -01400

Alt Account Number

R241803900

Map Number

2231 OLD

Land Type

CVCL - CONVERTED COMMERCIAL SEGMENT

Total Land Area

0.14 acres (6,165 sq ft)

Building Area

3,950 sq ft

Assessor Update Date 04/12/2021 4:17AM For more information about data updates or discrepancies, please contact Multnomah County Assessment, Recording & Taxation at (503) 988-3326 or dartcs@multco.us.

Sales History & Deed Sale Date

Type

Instrument

Sale Price

2010-12-23

WD WARRANTY DEED

2010162546

$800,000.00

Improvements Improvement Type

GARAGE

Improvement Value

$207,400.00

Building Class

GARAGE GENERIC <15000 SF

Actual Year Built

1923

Number Of Segments

1

Segment Number

Segment Type

Class

Area Sq Ft

Segment Number

Segment Type

1

MAIN

Class

Area Sq Ft 3950

Assessment History Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2020

$207,400.00

$72,450.00

$0.00

$279,850.00

$0.00

$71,620.00

2019

$192,040.00

$69,660.00

$0.00

$261,700.00

$0.00

$69,540.00

2018

$192,040.00

$69,660.00

$0.00

$261,700.00

$0.00

$67,520.00

2017

$156,130.00

$56,640.00

$0.00

$212,770.00

$0.00

$65,560.00

2016

$147,290.00

$53,430.00

$0.00

$200,720.00

$0.00

$63,660.00

2015

$118,780.00

$43,090.00

$0.00

$161,870.00

$0.00

$61,810.00

2014

$113,130.00

$41,040.00

$0.00

$154,170.00

$0.00

$60,010.00

2013

$112,010.00

$40,630.00

$0.00

$152,640.00

$0.00

$58,270.00

2012

$112,010.00

$40,630.00

$0.00

$152,640.00

$0.00

$56,580.00

2011

$112,010.00

$40,630.00

$0.00

$152,640.00

$0.00

$54,940.00

2010

$112,010.00

$40,630.00

$0.00

$152,640.00

$0.00

$53,340.00

2009

$112,010.00

$40,630.00

$0.00

$152,640.00

$0.00

$51,790.00

2008

$112,010.00

$40,630.00

$0.00

$152,640.00

$0.00

$50,290.00

2007

$102,760.00

$37,280.00

$0.00

$140,040.00

$0.00

$48,830.00

2006

$88,580.00

$32,140.00

$0.00

$120,720.00

$0.00

$47,410.00

2005

$81,270.00

$29,480.00

$0.00

$110,750.00

$0.00

$46,030.00

2004

$70,060.00

$25,420.00

$0.00

$95,480.00

$0.00

$44,690.00

2003

$68,020.00

$24,680.00

$0.00

$92,700.00

$0.00

$43,390.00

2002

$68,020.00

$24,680.00

$0.00

$92,700.00

$0.00

$42,130.00

2001

$54,420.00

$19,740.00

$0.00

$74,160.00

$0.00

$40,910.00

2000

$46,510.00

$16,870.00

$0.00

$63,380.00

$0.00

$39,720.00

1999

$41,900.00

$15,200.00

$0.00

$57,100.00

$0.00

$38,570.00

1998

$37,700.00

$13,700.00

$0.00

$51,400.00

$0.00

$37,450.00

1997

$35,000.00

$13,000.00

$0.00

$48,000.00

$0.00

$36,360.00

Tax Districts Code

Description

101

PORT OF PORTLAND

130

CITY OF PORTLAND

143

METRO

164

EAST MULT SOIL/WATER - GOV

170

MULTNOMAH COUNTY

171

URBAN RENEWAL PORTLAND

173

URB REN SPECIAL LEVY - PORTLAND

176

MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY

198

TRI-MET TRANSPORTATION

Aerial Map

Parcel ID: R155428 Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representations, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

521 NE RUSSET ST PORTLAND, OR 97211

PERMITS Application Number

Address

Type

Status

Updated

2019-175838-000-00-VI

521 NE RUSSET ST

Commercial Violation Structural

Lien Assessed

1/22/21

2014-241036-000-00-CC

521 NE RUSSET ST

Zoning Code Compliance

Closed

10/5/17

Historic Plumbing Address

Type

Size

711217



521 NE RUSSET ST

PLUMBING PERMIT

24.6 KB

805058

521 NE RUSSET ST

BES Connection

14.1 KB

805059

521 NE RUSSET ST

BES Connection

9.3 KB



ID



Underground Storage Tanks Nearby Address

Type

Size

28605

505 NE LOMBARD

JPG

28.2 KB

118404

505 NE LOMBARD

TIF

17.8 KB

118407

515 NE LOMBARD

TIF

16.9 KB

28608

515 NE LOMBARD

JPG

26.7 KB



ID



 

These permits were generated by the Fire Bureau from 1936-1990 to inspect the installation and renovation of above ground and underground residential storage tanks There are many areas that are within the City limits today, but were outside the city limits when the tank work was performed. We do not have any permits for those addresses (east of 92nd Avenue, south of SE Foster Rd, north of Columbia Blvd, Maywood Park, Rose City) Even though permits were required by the Fire Bureau, we might not have one for a particular address because it was lost or the owner never �led one. We always recommend having a tank locate performed in addition to searching this database. You can access a list of



ODEQ-licensed tank companies at www.deq.state.or.us

. Click on "Programs", then "Heating Oil Tanks."

Property Detail Report Owner: Fadi Ayach Site: 521 Wi/ NE Russet St Portland OR 97211 Mail: 2010 Sunset Ave West Linn OR 97068

Multnomah County Data as of: 01/15/2021

Location and Site Information County: Legal Description: APN: Tax Lot: Twn-Rng-Sec: Neighborhood: Subdivision: Legal Lot/Block: Census Tract/Block

Multnomah EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 15&16 R155427 1N1E11CC01500 01N / 01E / 11 / SW Woodlawn El Tovar 15 / 15 003601 / 2015

Lot SqFt: Lot Acres: Land Use: Land Use STD: County Bldg Use: # Dwellings: Map Page/Grid: Zoning: Watershed:

9,678 0.22 2013 - Industrial, Manufacturing, Improved Commercial Miscellaneous CMSC - Generic Shop/Garage Use 566-H5 Portland-EG2 Columbia Slough-Willamette River

Property Characteristics Total Living Area: First Floor SqFt: Second Floor SqFt: Basement Fin/Unfin: Attic Fin/Unfin: Garage SqFt:

Bedrooms: Bathrooms Total: Bathrooms Full/Half: Stories: Foundation: Roof Material:

Year Built/Eff: Heating: Cooling: Fireplace: Pool: Kitchen:

0

Assessment and Tax Information Market Total: Market Land: Market Structure: Asssessment Year: Assessed Total:

$111,060.00 $111,060.00 2020 $30,590.00

Property Tax: Exemption: Market Improved %: Levy Code: Mill Rate:

$781.49

201 25.5471

Sale and Loan Information Sale Date: Sale Amount: Document #: Deed Type: Title Co:

12/23/2010 $800,000.00 162546 Deed

Lender: Loan Amount: Loan Type: Price/SqFt: Seller Name:

ALBINA CMNTY BK $600,000.00 $0.00 OWNER RECORD

Prepared By: WFG National Title Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Pkwy, Suite 350, Portland, OR 97223 P: 503 603 1700 | 360 891 5474 E: cs@wfgnationaltitle.com | cccs@wfgtitle.com

Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representation, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

This map/plat is being furnished as an aid in locating the herein described land in relation to adjoining streets, natural boundaries and other land, and is not a survey of the land depicted. Except to the extent a policy of title insurance is expressly modi ed by endorsement, if any, the company does not insure dimensions, distances, location of easements, acreage or other matters shown thereon.

7/1/20 TO 6/30/21 REAL PROPERTY TAX STATEMENT Multnomah County Oregon ∗ PO Box 2716 ∗ Portland, OR 97208-2716 Phone: 503-988-3326 www.multcotax.org

ACCOUNT NO:

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION CODE AREA:

SITUS: 521 WI/ NE RUSSET ST EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 15&16

AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

VALUES:

LAST YEAR

MARKET VALUES: LAND STRUCTURE NET RMV TAXABLE VALUES: NET ASSESSED VALUE

PROPERTY TAXES:

THIS YEAR

106,790 0 106,790

111,060 0 111,060

29,700

30,590

$752.76

$781.49

The Multnomah Building is temporarily open for in-person Property Tax Payments Only. Please visit proptax.multco.us or call (503) 9883326 for payment options, service hours, and information.

R155427

201 2020-21 CURRENT TAX BY DISTRICT: PORTLAND COMMUNITY COLLEGE PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS LOC OPT MULTNOMAH ESD EDUCATION TAXES:

7.61 141.88 60.87 12.47 $222.83

CITY OF PORTLAND CITY OF PORTLAND CHILD LOC OPT EAST MULT SOIL & WATER CD-GOV METRO LOC OPT PORTLAND FIRE/POLICE PENSION URBAN RENEWAL - PORTLAND PORT OF PORTLAND METRO MULTNOMAH COUNTY MULT CO HIST SOCIETY LOC OPT MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY GENERAL GOVERNMENT TAXES:

124.57 12.32 2.79 2.94 75.07 84.87 1.92 2.64 118.17 1.53 33.21 $460.03

CITY OF PORTLAND BONDS METRO BONDS PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE BONDS PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS BONDS BONDS AND MISC TAXES:

11.74 10.92 10.79 65.18 $98.63

2020-21 TAX (Before Discount)

$781.49

TAX PAYMENT OPTIONS

(See back of statement for payment instructions)

Pay By In Full 2/3 1/3

Discount

Net Amount Due

11/16/20

23.44

$758.05

11/16/20

10.42

$510.58

11/16/20

NONE

$260.50

DELINQUENT TAXES:

$0.00 $758.05

TOTAL (After Discount):

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENT TO: Multnomah County

PLEASE DETACH STUB AND RETURN WITH PAYMENT. RETAIN TOP PORTION FOR YOUR RECORDS. OREGON PROPERTY TAX YEAR

July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021

Multnomah County Property Taxes Property Address

521 WI/ NE RUSSET ST PORTLAND, OR 97211 DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW

0001155427

0000026050

PLEASE MAKE PAYMENTS TO:

Code Area

Account Number

Tax Collector, Multnomah County

201

R155427

Net Amount

Amount Paid

Payment Options: IN FULL 11/16/20

2/3 1/3

$758.05

11/16/20 11/16/20

$510.58 $260.50

Discount is lost and interest applied after due date

0000051058

0000075805

04

Pay Online

WRITE MAILING ADDRESS CHANGES IN AREA BELOW AYACH,FADI H 2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN OR 97068-3611

9787

521 WI/ NE RUSSET ST PORTLAND, OR 97211

ASSESSOR Address

521 WI/ NE RUSSET ST

Owner

Address2

PORTLAND, OR 97211

Name

AYACH,FADI H

City

PORTLAND

Address

Property ID

R155427

2010 SUNSET AVE WEST LINN, OR 97068-3611

Tax Roll

EL TOVAR, BLOCK 15, LOT 15&16

Type

O OWNER (PRIMARY)

Use

GENERIC SHOP/GARAGE USE

Lot

15&16

Block

15

County

Multnomah

State ID

1N1E11CC 1500

New State ID

1N1E11CC -01500

Alt Account Number

R241803880

Map Number

2231 OLD

Land Type

CVCL - CONVERTED COMMERCIAL SEGMENT

Total Land Area

0.22 acres (9,678 sq ft)

Building Area

0 sq ft

Assessor Update Date 04/12/2021 4:17AM For more information about data updates or discrepancies, please contact Multnomah County Assessment, Recording & Taxation at (503) 988-3326 or dartcs@multco.us.

Sales History & Deed Sale Date

Type

Instrument

Sale Price

2010-12-23

WD WARRANTY DEED

2010162546

$800,000.00

Improvements

Assessment History Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2020

$0.00

$111,060.00

$0.00

$111,060.00

$0.00

$30,590.00

2019

$0.00

$106,790.00

$0.00

$106,790.00

$0.00

$29,700.00

Year

Improvements

Land

Special Use

Real Market

Exemptions

Assessed

2018

$0.00

$106,790.00

$0.00

$106,790.00

$0.00

$28,840.00

2017

$0.00

$86,820.00

$0.00

$86,820.00

$0.00

$28,000.00

2016

$0.00

$81,910.00

$0.00

$81,910.00

$0.00

$27,190.00

2015

$0.00

$66,050.00

$0.00

$66,050.00

$0.00

$26,400.00

2014

$0.00

$62,910.00

$0.00

$62,910.00

$0.00

$25,640.00

2013

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$24,900.00

2012

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$24,180.00

2011

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$23,480.00

2010

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$22,800.00

2009

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$22,140.00

2008

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$62,280.00

$0.00

$21,500.00

2007

$0.00

$57,140.00

$0.00

$57,140.00

$0.00

$20,880.00

2006

$0.00

$49,260.00

$0.00

$49,260.00

$0.00

$20,280.00

2005

$0.00

$45,190.00

$0.00

$45,190.00

$0.00

$19,690.00

2004

$0.00

$38,960.00

$0.00

$38,960.00

$0.00

$19,120.00

2003

$0.00

$37,820.00

$0.00

$37,820.00

$0.00

$18,570.00

2002

$0.00

$37,820.00

$0.00

$37,820.00

$0.00

$18,030.00

2001

$0.00

$30,260.00

$0.00

$30,260.00

$0.00

$17,510.00

2000

$0.00

$25,860.00

$0.00

$25,860.00

$0.00

$17,000.00

1999

$0.00

$23,300.00

$0.00

$23,300.00

$0.00

$16,510.00

1998

$0.00

$21,000.00

$0.00

$21,000.00

$0.00

$16,030.00

1997

$0.00

$20,000.00

$0.00

$20,000.00

$0.00

$15,570.00

Tax Districts Code

Description

101

PORT OF PORTLAND

130

CITY OF PORTLAND

143

METRO

164

EAST MULT SOIL/WATER - GOV

170

MULTNOMAH COUNTY

171

URBAN RENEWAL PORTLAND

173

URB REN SPECIAL LEVY - PORTLAND

176

MULTNOMAH COUNTY LIBRARY

198

TRI-MET TRANSPORTATION

304

MULTNOMAH ESD

309

PORTLAND COMM COLLEGE

311

PORTLAND SCHOOL DIST #1

130L

CITY OF PORTLAND - LOC OPT

130N

CITY OF PORTLAND - NEW BONDS

143L

METRO - LOC OPT

Aerial Map

Parcel ID: R155427 Sentry Dynamics, Inc. and its customers make no representations, warranties or conditions, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of information contained in this report.

Utility As Builts Water As Built Maps City of Portland

Sewer As Built Maps City of Portland NW Natural As Built Maps

Thei nf or mat i oncont ai nedi spr ovi dedbyWFG’sCust omerSer vi ceDepar t ment asacour t esyt oourcust omer s,andwhi l edeemedr el i abl e,i snotguar ant eed.

13TH

1-021-031 1-021-032

P.N.P.S. CO. R/W

1-0 21-032 1-0 22-032

1-021-031 1-022-031

N. L

INE

DR

AIN

AG

3'

N. E

EC

AN

AL

ML K

I NA

GE

CA

NA

#9010

L

N.E.

JR

RA

GERTZ

.

CO L FD

R/W

RD.

1-021-030

1-022-030

' 50.5

N. E.

(P) 2"

1-021-031

1-021-030

NE ARGYLE ST

#9010

(UN

SO U

I ON

INE

2"

V)D. ABVLE

(W)

#210

TH L

DR

AIN

AG

EC

AN

NE HALLECK ST

AL

R/W

N.E. GRAND AVE.

#8135

10'

18'

5' 15.

(W) 1"

ST.

(P) 2"

NE KILPATRICK ST

#75 5

3.5'

1" (W)

/2"

12"

#75 5

3.5'

LE

#8001

BIA

H

#8000

11 T

BLV D

.

#55 (#5 0 18)

/2"

&P

IP E

CO

N.E

.

(W) 2"

NK

7.5'

.

#1411

#1067

BIA

N.E.

#1425 (#1475)

12'

7'

2"

#1232

AVE.

#12 10

#1152 EASE. #R-052 44

#1225

AVE.

#7522 (#7550)

(W) 1"

13TH

12'

EA SE .# 63 3

#1228

City Limit

Plat Index

2,000 1,000

0

2,000

1 inch = 3,860 feet

4,000 Feet

#1204 (00)

1-021-030 1-021-031 1-021-032

1-022-030

1-022-031 1-022-032

1-023-030

1-023-031

1-023-032

#1419

#1419

#1313

20'

N.E.

VAC. 4/24/2002 ORD. 176363

1-023-031

1-023-032

12"

19'

(W)

31'

12"

ST.

(W) 2"

VACATED 7 '67

18'

10'

Meter Location w/Address Gas Pipe

(W) 2"

#1317

13'

#1106

#1088

#1060

Legend

11'

18'

1-1/4"

N.E.

(P)

12" (W)

30B

(W) 1"

STAFFORD #1010

#936

#932

250 SW Taylor Street, Portland, Oregon 97204 (503) 226-4211

H WY

4-1 / 2"

10'

PL.

#1015

#1005

20

AVE. 10'

1"

NE

2"

STAT E

LOMBARD

(W)

IA

1-022-032 1-023-032

(W) 1"

10'

#847

#905

) (W

#7405

NE 10TH ST.

17.5'

#940

#840

#843

#833

#825

#805

#76 3

18'

#759

#745

#725

#715

10'

ST.

(P) 2"

#1040

#1034

1-022-031

(W) 1"

ST.

#1411 12'

2"

5'

5'

N.E.

N.E.

13' #756

#724

#716

#704 #705

18'

STAFFORD

(W) 1"

RUSSETT

(W) 1"

#7515

N. E.

#842 ('97)

#444

(W) 1"

#70 8

(UNION AVE)

#326

#7335

#655

#643

1" (W)

NW Natural does not warrant the accuracy of this map.

It should be used for informational purposes only.

For a current and exact location of facilities, call your local utility locate center. #7332

ST.

#644

#631 #7336

13'

#717

10'

#611

1" (W) 11'

8'

#531

18' 16'

#501

19'

#443

NE

(P) 2"

(W) 1"

C OL UM B

8'

1-023-031

HWY PERMIT #2BM36270

#511

) (P 2" 2"

2" (P)

(P) 2"

11TH

10TH #750

VACATED 10-16-74 ORD. 138977

#610

(P) 2"

#542

#52 4

200 '

2" (P)

#7410

(P) 2"

/2"

#7500

LOMBARD

#7414

18' 19'

(W) 2" 1-023-031

(W) 2" 2"

15' #7339

2"

#607

10'

(W) 2"

BLVD.

#448

#304

1-023-030

#325

18'

#311

#245

#244

2"

N.E.

#7606

4-1

) 2" (W) (W

(W) 2"

23'

(W) 2"

(W)

.

"

ST

(W) 1"

1'

2"

STATE HWY 30B

11'

2" (P)

N.E.

(P) 2"

#7474 (#7460)

8'

BLV D

5'

12

1"

AVE.

#432

4'

(P) 2"

(W) 2"

#236

#7415

16'

#235

#433

#424

5'

4'

1-023-030

#425

EASE . #R-05243

HWY PERMIT #2BM 35477

#324

HWY PERMIT #2BM35477

#307

#235

4'

1-022-030

(P) 2"

ST.

.

BALDWIN ST.

#80 9

LOMBARD

#7510

#504

#7536

#7509

ST.

RUSSET

6TH

N.E.

2" (P)

#222

(W) 1"

N.E.

(W) 1"

HWY PERMIT #2BM36270

1"

15'

15'

1"

#501

(W) 1"

#7606

#232

#224

ST.

#7606

(W) 1"

10'

#319 #315

#7617

N.E.

#1040

9'

(W) 1"

(P) 2"

. CO

2"

NE 11TH AVE.

&N

#824

T.

21'

12'

O. W . R.

N.E. 8TH AVE.

LL S

PO SSIBLE STREET VACATION

#7629 #7627

HE

(W) 1"

#767

INC

#756 (#715)

.W

12'

ORD 175836 VAC. 7/12/2002

N.E

#10 67

LU M

2" (W)

AVE.

#7666

CO

#10 67

22 '

L TA

12"

16'

N.E.

STE E

(W )

22 '

4-1

#75 (#5 0 18)

MLK

(W )

14TH

EASE. #1560

#1425

JR

#845

N.E

.

22'

EASEMENT #653

#1 02 5

12'

LU M

(15TH)

CO

(UNIONBL AV VD E).

15'

ARG Y

/2"

.

4-1

#430

(W )

(W) 2"

AV E

.

15'

1-022-032

#53 5

N.E

#7908

1-022-031

(W) 2 "

15'

ST.

#8100

7.5'

N.E.

12'

1"

1" 1-022-031

WINCHELL

1-022-030

#7921 JACK IN THE BOX

(W) 2"

27'

/2"

1" (W)

4-1

#2 50

(W )

24'

15 '

(W )

PL.

13 '

4-1

#405 (#8010 )

#8007

(W) 2"

#23 3

#8011

(W )

#8101 11TH

#8050

#1435

E. KILPATRICK

NE.

LOMLocation: T01N R01E Sec11 SW Legal BAR State: D ST. OREGON County: MULTNOMAH City: PORTLAND Wallmap: PORTLAND

Plat ID:

1-022-031 Plot Date: 4/2/2021

Zoning 

Detailed Zoning Information

Tax Lots: 1300, 1400, 1500—Some of 800 & 1200 Tax Lots: 0700, 0900- Some of 0800 & 1200



Zoning Overlay Tax Lots: 0700, 0900- Some of 0800 & 1200



Tax Lots: All Tax Lots

Zoning Map

For Additional Zoning Information Contact: City of Portland Bureau of Development Services 503.823.7300

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

130

Sections: General 33.130.010 Purpose 33.130.020 List of the Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 33.130.030 Characteristics of the Zones 33.130.040 Other Zoning Regulations 33.130.050 Neighborhood Contact Use Regulations 33.130.100 Primary Uses 33.130.110 Accessory Uses 33.130.130 Nuisance‐Related Impacts Development Standards 33.130.200 Lot Size 33.130.205 Floor Area Ratio 33.130.207 Minimum Density 33.130.210 Height 33.130.212 Floor Area and Height Bonus Options 33.130.215 Setbacks 33.130.220 Building Coverage 33.130.222 Building Length and Façade Articulation 33.130.225 Landscaped Areas 33.130.227 Trees 33.130.228 Required Outdoor Areas 33.130.230 Windows 33.130.235 Screening 33.130.240 Pedestrian Standards 33.130.242 Transit Street Main Entrance 33.130.245 Exterior Display, Storage, and Work Activities 33.130.250 General Requirements for Small Housing Types 33.130.255 Trucks and Equipment 33.130.260 Drive‐Through Facilities 33.130.265 Detached Accessory Structures 33.130.270 Fences 33.130.275 Demolitions 33.130.285 Nonconforming Development 33.130.290 Parking, Loading, and Transportation Demand Management 33.130.292 Street and Pedestrian Connections 33.130.295 Signs 33.130.305 Superblock Requirements 33.130.310 Recycling Areas

130‐1

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Supplemental Information Map 130‐1 Civic Corridors with Required Setbacks Map 130‐2 Pattern Areas Map 130‐3 Civic and Neighborhood Corridors

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

General 33.130.010 Purpose The commercial/mixed use zones are intended for commercial and mixed use areas of the City as designated on the Comprehensive Plan map. These zones implement the vision, guiding principles, and goals and policies of the Comprehensive Plan, and encourage economic prosperity, human health, environmental health, equity, and resilience. These zones are primarily distinguished by the uses allowed and the intensity of development allowed. The zones allow a mix of commercial activities, housing, and employment uses that reflect the different types of centers and corridors described in the Urban Design chapter of the Comprehensive Plan, and also accommodate smaller, dispersed commercial and mixed use areas to provide opportunities for services in areas between the centers and corridors.

The commercial/mixed use zones are intended to serve local neighborhood areas, larger districts, as well as broader citywide or regional markets. The regulations promote uses and development that support healthy complete neighborhoods—places where people of all ages and abilities have safe and convenient access to the goods and services they need in their daily life, and where people have the opportunity to live active lifestyles. The zones encourage quality and innovative design, and facilitate creation of great places and great streets.

The development standards are designed to allow development flexibility, within parameters, that supports the intended characteristics of the specific zone. In addition, the regulations provide guidance to property owners, developers, and neighbors about the limits of what is allowed.

33.130.020 List of the Commercial/Mixed Use Zones The full and short names of the commercial/mixed use zones and their map symbols are listed below. When this Title refers to the commercial/mixed use zones, it is referring to the zones listed here.

Full Name Commercial Residential Commercial/Mixed Use 1 Commercial/Mixed Use 2 Commercial/Mixed Use 3 Commercial Employment Central Commercial

Short Name / Map Symbol CR CM1 CM2 CM3 CE CX

33.130.030 Characteristics of the Zones A. Commercial Residential zone. The Commercial Residential (CR) zone is a low‐intensity zone for small and isolated sites in residential neighborhoods. The zone is intended to be applied in limited situations on local streets and neighborhood collectors in areas that are predominately zoned single‐dwelling residential. The zone encourages the provision of small scale retail and service uses for surrounding residential areas. Uses are restricted in size to promote a local orientation, and to limit adverse impacts on surrounding residential areas. Where commercial uses are not present, residential density is limited to provide

130‐2

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

compatibility with surrounding residential areas. Development is intended to be pedestrian‐oriented and building height is intended to be compatible with the scale of surrounding residentially zoned areas.

B. Commercial/Mixed Use 1 zone. The Commercial/Mixed Use 1 (CM1) zone is a small‐scale zone intended for sites in dispersed mixed use nodes within lower density residential areas, as well as on neighborhood corridors and at the edges of neighborhood centers, town centers and regional centers. The zone is also appropriate in core commercial areas of centers in locations where older commercial storefront buildings of 1 to 2 stories are predominant. This zone allows a mix of commercial and residential uses. The size of commercial uses is limited to minimize impacts on surrounding residential areas. Buildings in this zone will generally be up to three stories tall. Development is intended to be pedestrian‐oriented and compatible with the scale and characteristics of adjacent residentially zoned areas or low‐rise commercial areas.

C.

Commercial/Mixed Use 2 zone. The Commercial/Mixed Use 2 (CM2) zone is a medium‐ scale zone intended for sites in a variety of centers, along corridors, and in other mixed use areas that have frequent transit service. The zone allows a wide range and mix of commercial and residential uses, as well as employment uses that have limited off‐site impacts. Buildings in this zone will generally be up to four stories tall unless height and floor area bonuses are used, or plan district provisions specify other height limits.

Development is intended to be pedestrian‐oriented, provide a strong relationship between buildings and sidewalks, and complement the scale of surrounding residentially zoned areas.

D. Commercial/Mixed Use 3 zone. The Commercial/Mixed Use 3 (CM3) zone is a large‐scale zone intended for sites in high‐capacity transit station areas, in town centers, along streetcar alignments, along civic corridors, and in locations close to the Central City. It is intended to be an intensely urban zone and is not appropriate for sites where adjacent properties have single‐dwelling residential zoning. The zone allows a wide range and mix of commercial and residential uses, as well as employment uses that have limited off‐site impacts. Buildings in this zone will generally be up to six stories tall unless height and floor area bonuses are used, or plan district provisions specify other height limits. Development is intended to be pedestrian‐oriented, with buildings that contribute to an urban environment with a strong street edge of buildings. The scale of development is intended to be larger than what is allowed in lower intensity commercial/mixed use and residential zones. The Design overlay zone is applied to this zone.

E.

Commercial Employment zone. The Commercial Employment (CE) zone is a medium‐scale zone intended for sites along corridors with a Neighborhood Collector or higher traffic classification, especially along civic corridors that are also Major Truck Streets or Priority Truck Streets. This zone is generally not appropriate in designated centers, except on a site that is currently developed in an auto‐oriented manner and where more urban development is not yet economically feasible. The zone allows a mix of commercial uses, including auto‐accommodating development and drive‐through facilities, as well as some light manufacturing and distribution uses that have few off‐site impacts. The emphasis of this zone is on commercial and employment uses, but residential uses are also allowed.

Buildings in this zone will generally be up to four stories tall. This zone is intended to allow

130‐3

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

for development with auto‐accommodating configurations, while also including pedestrian‐ oriented design features that support transit and pedestrian access.

F.

Central Commercial zone. The Central Commercial (CX) zone is intended to provide for commercial and mixed use development within Portland's most urban and intense areas, specifically the Central City and the Gateway Regional Center. A broad range of uses are allowed to reflect Portland's role as a commercial, cultural, residential, and governmental center. Development is intended to be very intense with high building coverage, large buildings, and buildings placed close together. Development is intended to be pedestrian‐ oriented with a strong emphasis on a safe and attractive streetscape. The Design overlay zone is applied to this zone.

33.130.040 Other Zoning Regulations The regulations in this chapter state the allowed uses and the development standards for the base zones. Sites with overlay zones, plan districts, or designated historical landmarks are subject to additional regulations. The Official Zoning Maps indicate which sites are subject to the additional regulations. Specific uses or development types may also be subject to regulations in the 200s series of chapters.

33.130.050 Neighborhood Contact Neighborhood contact is a set of outreach steps that must be taken before certain developments can be submitted for approval. Neighborhood contact is required as follows: A. Neighborhood contact I. 1.

Neighborhood contact I requirements. When proposed development will add at least 10,000 square feet and not more than 25,000 square feet of net building area to a site, the neighborhood contact steps of 33.705.020.A., Neighborhood contact I, are required. All the steps in 33.705.020.A. must be completed before an application for a building permit can be submitted.

2.

Exemption. If the proposed development has already met the neighborhood contact requirements as part of a land use review process, it is exempt from the neighborhood contact requirements.

B. Neighborhood contact II. 1.

Neighborhood contact II requirements. When the proposed development will add more than 25,000 square feet of net building area to a site, the neighborhood contact steps of 33.705.020.B., Neighborhood contact II, are required. All of the steps in 33.705.020.B. must be completed before an application for a building permit can be submitted.

2.

Exemption. If the proposed development has already met the neighborhood contact requirements as part of a land use review process, it is exempt from the neighborhood contact requirements.

130‐4

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Use Regulations 33.130.100 Primary Uses A. Allowed uses. Uses allowed in the commercial/mixed use zones are listed in Table 130‐1 with a "Y". These uses are allowed if they comply with the development standards and other regulations of this Title. Being listed as an allowed use does not mean that a proposed development will be granted an adjustment or other exception to the regulations of this Title. In addition, a use or development listed in the 200s series of chapters is also subject to the regulations of those chapters.

B. Limited uses. Uses allowed that are subject to limitations are listed in Table 130‐1 with an "L". These uses are allowed if they comply with the limitations listed below and the development standards and other regulations of this Title. In addition, a use or development listed in the 200s series of chapters is also subject to the regulations of those chapters. The paragraphs listed below contain the limitations and correspond with the footnote numbers from Table 130‐1.

1.

2.

Group Living. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [1]. a.

General regulations. All Group Living uses, except for alternative or post incarceration facilities, are allowed by right subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.239, Group Living.

b.

Alternative or post incarceration facilities. Group Living uses that consist of alternative or post incarceration facilities are conditional uses. They are also subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.239, Group Living.

Commercial limitations. These regulations apply to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [2]. a.

In the CR and CM1 zones, each individual Retail Sales and Service and Office use is limited to 5,000 square feet of net building area, except that in the CM1 zone on sites that are over 40,000 square feet in size and are located on a Neighborhood Collector or higher classification traffic street, each individual Retail Sales and Service or Office use is limited to 40,000 square feet of net building area; and

b.

In the CR zone, in addition to the size limitation specified in Subparagraph B.2.a., the hours when Retail Sales And Service uses can be open to the public are limited to 6:00 AM to 11:00 PM.

c.

In the CM1, CM2, and CM3 zones, Quick Vehicle Servicing uses that existed on May 24, 2018 are allowed. New Quick Vehicle Servicing uses are prohibited. If a Quick Vehicle Servicing use that existed on May 24, 2018 is discontinued for 3 continuous years, reestablishment of the use is prohibited. If the Quick Vehicle Servicing use ceases operations, even if the structure or materials related to the use remain, the use as been discontinued. If the Quick Vehicle Servicing use changes to another use without obtaining all building, land use, and development permits that would have been required at the time of the change, the use has been discontinued.

130‐5

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

3. Industrial use and size limitations. These regulations apply to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [3]. Utility Scale Energy Production and Industrial Service are conditional uses. All other industrial uses are allowed, and all industrial uses, including Utility Scale Energy Production and Industrial Service, are limited in size as follows. Amounts in excess of the limits are prohibited: a.

In the CM1 zone, each individual Industrial use is limited to 5,000 square feet of net building area;

b.

In the CM2 and CX zones, each individual Industrial use is limited to 15,000 square feet of net building area;

c.

In the CM3 zone, the total net building area of all Industrial uses on the site may not exceed the total square footage of the site; and

d.

In the CE zone, each individual Industrial use is limited to 40,000 square feet of net building area.

4.

Self‐Service Storage limitation. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [4]. The limitations are stated with the special regulations for these uses in Chapter 33.284, Self‐Service Storage.

5.

Exterior development limitation. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [5]. Exterior display or storage of industrial equipment, such as tools, equipment, vehicles, products, materials, or other objects that are part of or used for the business operation is prohibited.

6.

Community Services. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [6].

Most Community Service uses are allowed by right. Short term housing and mass shelters may be allowed by right if they meet certain standards, or may be a conditional use. See Chapter 33.285, Short Term Housing and Mass Shelters.

7.

Radio Frequency Transmission Facilities. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [7]. Some Radio Frequency Transmission Facilities are allowed by right. See Chapter 33.274.

8.

Basic Utilities. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have an [8].

9.

a.

Public safety facilities that include Radio Frequency Transmission Facilities are a conditional use. The approval criteria are in Section 33.815.223.

b.

Small Scale Energy Production that provides energy for on‐site or off‐site use are considered accessory to the primary use on the site. However, it is only considered accessory if they generate energy from biological materials or byproducts from the site itself, or conditions on the site itself; plus not more than 10 tons per week of biological material or byproducts from other sites.

Installations that sell power they generate — at retail (net metered) or wholesale — are included.

c.

All other Basic Utilities are allowed.

Commercial Parking. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [9].

Commercial Parking is a conditional use in the CX zone except when superseded by

130‐6

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

plan district regulations. In the CM2 and CM3 zones, Commercial Parking is allowed as follows: a.

Commercial Parking is allowed by right in structured parking.

b.

Commercial Parking is allowed by right on a surface parking lot legally constructed on or before May 24, 2018.

c.

Commercial Parking is allowed by right on a surface parking lot legally constructed after May 24, 2018 when all of the following are met: (1) The surface parking lot was constructed as accessory parking for other primary uses on the site; (2) The total number of parking spaces on the site does not exceed the maximum number of parking spaces allowed for the other primary uses on the site; and (3) Only non‐required parking spaces are used as Commercial Parking.

10. Agriculture in the CR and CM1 zones. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [10]. If the use and site do not meet the regulations of Chapter 33.237, Food Production and Distribution, Agriculture is prohibited.

11. Agriculture in the CM2 and CX zones. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have an [11]. Agriculture is a conditional use. Where the use and site meet the regulations of Chapter 33.237, Food Production and Distribution, the applicant may choose whether it is allowed as a Market Garden, which does not require a conditional use.

12. Agriculture in the CM3 and CE zones. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 130‐1 that have a [12]. Agriculture that is outdoors is a conditional use. Agriculture that is entirely indoors is allowed up to the following limits. Indoor Agriculture in excess of the following limits is prohibited. Where the use and site meet the regulations of Chapter 33.237, Food Production and Distribution, the applicant may choose whether it is allowed as a Market Garden, which does not require a conditional use:

C.

a.

In the CM3 zone, the total net building area of all indoor Agriculture per site may not exceed the total square footage of the site; and

b.

In the CE zone, each indoor Agriculture use is limited to 40,000 square feet of net building area.

Conditional uses. Uses that are allowed if approved through the conditional use review process are listed in Table 130‐1 with a "CU". These uses are allowed provided they comply with the conditional use approval criteria for that use, the development standards, and other regulations of this Title. Uses listed with a "CU" that also have a footnote number in the table are subject to the regulations cited in the footnote. In addition, a use or development listed in the 200s series of chapters is also subject to the regulations of those chapters. The conditional use review process and approval criteria are stated in Chapter 33.815, Conditional Uses.

130‐7

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

D. Prohibited uses. Uses listed in Table 130‐1 with an "N" are prohibited. Existing uses in categories listed as prohibited may be subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.258, Nonconforming Uses and Development.

33.130.110 Accessory Uses Uses that are accessory to a primary use are allowed if they comply with specific regulations for the accessory uses and all development standards.

33.130.130 Nuisance‐Related Impacts A. Off‐site impacts. All nonresidential uses including their accessory uses must comply with the standards of Chapter 33.262, Off‐Site Impacts.

B. Other nuisances. Other nuisances are regulated by Title 29, Property and Maintenance Regulations.

Table 130‐1 Commercial/Mixed Use Zone Primary Uses Use Categories Residential Categories Household Living Group Living Commercial Categories Retail Sales And Service Office Quick Vehicle Servicing Vehicle Repair Commercial Parking Self‐Service Storage Commercial Outdoor Recreation Major Event Entertainment Industrial Categories Manufacturing and Production Warehouse and Freight Movement Wholesale Sales Industrial Service Bulk Fossil Fuel Terminal Railroad Yards Waste‐Related Institutional Categories Basic Utilities Community Service Parks and Open Areas Schools Colleges Medical Centers Religious Institutions Daycare

CR

Y L/CU [1]

L [2] L [2] N N N N N N

N N N N N N N

Y/CU [8] L/CU [6] Y Y N N Y Y

CM1

Y L/CU [1]

L [2] L [2] L [2] N N N N N

L/CU [3,5] N N N N N N

Y/CU [8] L/CU [6] Y Y Y Y Y Y

130‐8

CM2

Y L/CU [1]

Y Y L [2] Y L [9] N Y CU

L/CU [3,5] N L [3,5] CU [3,5] N N N

Y/CU [8] L/CU [6] Y Y Y Y Y Y

CM3

Y L/CU [1]

Y Y L [2] Y L [9] L [4] Y CU

L/CU [3,5] L [3,5] L [3,5] CU [3,5] N N N

Y/CU [8] L/CU [6] Y Y Y Y Y Y

CE

Y L/CU [1]

Y Y Y Y Y L [4] Y CU

L/CU [3,5] L [3,5] L [3,5] CU [3,5] N N N

Y/CU [8] L/CU [6] Y Y Y Y Y Y

CX

Y L/CU [1]

Y Y N L [5] CU [9] L [4] Y Y

L/CU [3,5] N L [3,5] CU [3,5] N N N

Y/CU [8] L/CU [6] Y Y Y Y Y Y

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Table 130‐1 Commercial/Mixed Use Zone Primary Uses Use Categories Other Categories Agriculture Aviation and Surface Passenger Terminals Detention Facilities Mining Radio Frequency Transmission Facilities Rail Lines and Utility Corridors Y = Yes, Allowed CU = Conditional Use Review Required

CR

L [10] N

CM1

L [10] N

CM2

L/CU [11] N

CM3

L/CU [12] N

CE

L/CU [12] CU

N N N N

N N L/CU [7] CU

N CU CU N N N L/CU [7] L/CU [7] L/CU [7] CU CU CU L = Allowed, But Special

Limitations N = No, Prohibited

CX

L/CU [11] CU CU N L/CU [7] CU

Notes:  The use categories are described in Chapter 33.920.  Regulations that correspond to the bracketed numbers [ ] are stated in 33.130.100.B.  Specific uses and developments may also be subject to regulations in the 200s series of chapters.

Development Standards 33.130.200 Lot Size There is no required minimum lot size for development of land in commercial/mixed use zones.

Creation of new lots is subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.613, Lots in Commercial/Mixed Use Zones.

33.130.205 Floor Area Ratio A. Purpose. Floor area ratios (FARs) regulate the amount of use (the intensity) allowed on a site. FARs provide a means to match the potential amount of uses with the desired character of the area and the provision of public services. FARs also work with the height, setback, and building coverage standards to control the overall bulk of development. The bonus FAR options allow additional floor area as an incentive for providing affordable housing.

B. FAR standard. The maximum floor area ratios are stated in Table 130‐2 and apply to all uses and development. Additional floor area may be allowed through bonus options, as described in Section 33.130.212, or transferred from historic resources per Subsection C. Adjustments to the maximum floor area ratios are prohibited. Except in the CR zone, floor area does not include the following:

C.

1.

Floor area for structured parking and required long‐term bicycle parking not located in a dwelling unit, up to a maximum FAR of 0.5 to 1; and

2.

Floor area for indoor common area used to meet the requirements of Section 33.130.228.

Transfer of floor area from historic resources. Floor area ratios may be transferred from a site that contains a historic resource as follows:

130‐9

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

1. Sending sites. FAR may be transferred from a site that contains a Historic or Conservation landmark or a contributing resource in a Historic or Conservation district. Sites that are eligible to send floor area through this transfer are allowed to transfer: a.

Unused FAR up to the maximum FAR allowed by the zone; and

b.

An additional amount equivalent to 50 percent of the maximum FAR for the zone. To qualify to transfer this additional amount of FAR, the Bureau of Development of Services must verify that the landmark or contributing resource on the site meets one of the following: (1) If the building is classified as Risk category I or II, as defined in the Oregon Structural Specialty Code, it has been shown to meet or exceed the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 41‐ BPOE improvement standard as defined in City of Portland Title 24.85; (2) If the building is classified as Risk category III or IV, as defined in the Oregon Structural Specialty Code, it has been shown to meet or exceed the ASCE41‐ BPON improvement standard as defined in City of Portland Title 24.85; or (3) The owner of the landmark or contributing resource has entered into a phased seismic agreement with the City of Portland as described in Section 24.85.

2.

Receiving site. The transfer must be to a site that is zoned CM1, CM2, CM3, CE, CX, RM1, RM2, RM3, RM4, or RX outside of the Central City plan district. Transferring to a site that is zoned CR is prohibited. Transferring to a site where a Historic or Conservation Landmark or a contributing structure in a Historic or Conservation District has been demolished within the past ten years is prohibited unless the landmark or contributing structure was destroyed by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner, the only structure on the site that was demolished was an accessory structure, or the demolition was approved through demolition review.

3. Maximum increase in FAR in the CM1, CM2, CM3, and CE zones. In the CM1, CM2, CM3, and CE zones, the total FAR on the receiving site may not exceed the maximum FAR with bonuses identified on Table 130‐3. This total FAR includes FAR transferred from historic resources, and any additional FAR allowed at the receiving site from bonus options, or from other transfers. In addition, an increase on the receiving site of more than the following due to a historic resource transfer is prohibited:

4.

a.

0.5 to 1 in the CM1 zone;

b.

0.75 to 1 in the CM2 zone;

c.

1 to 1 in the CM3 zone;

d.

0.5 to 1 in the CE zone.

Maximum increase in FAR in the CX zone. In the CX zone, an increase in FAR on the receiving site of more than 3 to 1 is prohibited. The total increased FAR includes FAR

130‐10

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

transferred from historic resources, and additional FAR allowed at the receiving site from bonus provisions, or from other transfers; 5.

Development standards. The building on the receiving site must meet the development standards of the base zone, overlay zone, and plan district except floor area ratio, which is regulated by Paragraphs C.2 and C.3 above;

6.

The property owner must execute a covenant with the City that is attached to and recorded with the deed of both the site transferring and the site receiving the density.

The covenant must reflect the respective increase and decrease of potential density.

The covenant for the receiving site must meet the requirements of Section 33.700.060, Covenants with the City. The covenant for the historic resource transferring the density must meet the requirements of 33.445.610.D, Covenant.

33.130.207 Minimum Density A. Purpose. The minimum density standards ensure that the service capacity is not wasted and that the City's housing goals are met.

B. Minimum Density. The minimum density requirements for the CM2 and CM3 zones are stated in Table 130‐2. Minimum density applies to new development when at least one dwelling unit is proposed. Land within an Environmental zone may be subtracted from the calculation of minimum density.

33.130.210 Height A. Purpose. The height limits are intended to control the overall scale of buildings. The height limits in the CR and CM1 zones allow buildings that are in scale with low rise residential areas. The height limits in the CM2 and CE zones allow for a greater building height at a scale that can accommodate the growth intended for centers and corridors, while relating to the low‐ to mid‐rise scale of neighborhood residential areas. The CM3 zone allows the tallest buildings outside the Central City and Gateway plan districts, consistent with its intended role in accommodating higher‐density development in areas well served by transit and other services. The CX zone allows the tallest buildings in the commercial/mixed use zones, consistent with its intended role in accommodating high‐density development in the Central City and the Gateway plan districts.

In some situations, step downs in maximum height provide a transition in scale to adjacent lower‐scale residential areas, and preserve opportunities for light, air and privacy.

Exceptions to height limit standards accommodate minor projections that do not significantly increase the visual scale of buildings; provide flexibility in the height of parapets and railings to facilitate rooftop outdoor spaces and equipment screening; and accommodate ground‐floor spaces with high ceilings to encourage ground‐floor commercial uses, mechanical parking, and other uses that benefit from high ceilings.

B. Height standard.

1.

Base height. The base height standards for all structures, except detached accessory structures, are stated in Table 130‐2. The height standards for detached accessory structures are stated in 33.130.265, Detached Accessory Structures.

130‐11

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

2. Step‐down height. In the following situations, the base height is reduced, or stepped‐ down. Stepped‐down height is not required in the CR zone: a.

Step‐down adjacent to residential zones. The following step‐down height limits apply within 25 feet of sites zoned residential. Sites with property lines that abut residential zones for less than a 5‐foot length are exempt from these standards: (1) On the portion of the site within 25 feet of a site zoned RF through R2.5, the step‐down height limit is 35 feet. See Figure 130‐1.

(2) On the portion of the site within 25 feet of a site zoned RM1 or RMP, the step‐down height limit is 45 feet. See Figure 130‐1.

130‐12

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Figure 130‐1 Step‐Down Height Adjacent to Residential Zones

b.

3.

C.

Step‐down across a local service street or alley from a residential zone. In the CM2, CM3, CX, and CE zones the following step‐down height limit applies. The limit does not apply to portions of buildings within 100 feet of a transit street. On the portion of the site within 15 feet of a lot line that is across a local service street or alley from a site zoned RF through R2.5 or RM1 or RMP, the step‐down height limit is 45 feet. See Figure 130‐2.

Bonus height. The base height limits can be increased through options described in Section 33.130.212. When a bonus option allowed by 33.130.212 is used to increase the base height, the step‐down height limits do not increase.

Exceptions. Exceptions to the base height, step‐down height, and bonus height limits are stated below: 1.

Projections allowed. Chimneys, vents, flag poles, satellite receiving dishes, and other similar items that are attached to a building and have a width, depth, or diameter of 5 feet or less may extend 10 feet above the height limits, or 5 feet above the highest point of the roof, whichever is greater. Items that are greater than 5 feet in width, depth, or diameter are not allowed to project above the base, step‐down, or bonus height limits.

130‐13

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

2. Parapets and railings. In the CM1, CM2, CM3, CE and CX zones, parapets and rooftop railings may extend 4 feet above the height limits.

3.

Walls and fences. In the CM1, CM2, CM3, CE and CX zones, walls or fences located between individual rooftop decks may extend 6 feet above the height limits if the visual screen is set back at least 4 feet from the edges of the roof.

4.

Rooftop equipment. In the CM1, CM2, CM3, CE and CX zones, rooftop mechanical equipment and stairwell enclosures that provide rooftop access may extend above the height limits as follows, provided that the equipment and enclosures are set back at least 15 feet from all roof edges on street facing facades: a.

Elevator mechanical equipment and stairwell enclosures may extend up to 16 feet above the height limits; and

b.

Other mechanical equipment that cumulatively cover no more than 10 percent of the roof area may extend up to 10 feet above the height limits.

5.

Antennas and mounting devices, utility power poles, and public safety facilities are exempt from the height limits.

6.

Small wind turbines are subject to the standards of Chapter 33.299.

7.

Roof mounted solar panels are not included in height calculations and may exceed the maximum height limits if the following are met:

8.

a.

For flat roofs or the horizontal portion of mansard roofs, the solar panel may extend up to 5 feet above the top of the highest point of the roof; and

b.

For pitched, shed, hipped, or gambrel roofs, the solar panel must be mounted no more than 12 inches from the surface of the roof at any point, and may not extend above the ridgeline of the roof. The 12 inches is measured from the upper side of the solar panel.

High ceilings. In the CM1, CM2, CM3, CE and CX zones outside the Central City plan district, base height, step‐down height, and bonus height may be increased by 5 feet when at least 75 percent of the ground floor has at least 15 feet between the floor and the bottom of the structure above. The bottom of the structure above includes supporting beams.

130‐14

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Table 130‐2 Summary of Development Standards in Commercial/Mixed Use Zones Standards Maximum FAR (see 33.130.205 and 33.130.212) ‐ Bonus FAR (see 33.130.212)

CR 1 to 1 [1]

CM1 1.5 to 1

CM2 2.5 to 1

CM3 3 to 1

CE 2.5 to 1

CX 4 to 1

NA

See Table 130‐3

See Table 130‐3

See Table 130‐3

Minimum Density (see 33.130.207)

NA

NA

30 ft.

NA

35 ft.

NA

1 unit per 1,000 sq. ft. of site area 65 ft.

35 ft.

See Table 130‐3 NA

Base Height (see 33.130.210.B.1) Step‐down Height (see 33.130.210.B.2) ‐ Within 25 ft. of lot line abutting RF‐R2.5 zones ‐ Within 25 ft. of lot line abutting RM1 and RMP Zones ‐ Within 15 ft. of lot line across a local service street from RF – R2.5 zones and RM1 and RMP zones ‐ Bonus Height (see 33.130.212)

1 unit per 1,450 sq. ft. of site area 45 ft.

35 ft.

See Table 130‐3 NA

45 ft.

35 ft.

75 ft.

35 ft.

NA

NA

45 ft.

45 ft.

45 ft.

45 ft.

NA

NA

45 ft.

45 ft.

45 ft.

45 ft.

NA

NA

See Table 130‐3

See Table 130‐3

none

none

none

none

See Table 130‐3

none

See Table 130‐3

none

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

none

none

5 or 10 ft.

5 or 10 ft.

5 or 10 ft.

5 or 10 ft.

Min. Building Setbacks (see 33.130.215.B) ‐ Street Lot Line ‐ Street Lot Line abutting selected Civic Corridors ‐ Street Lot Line across a local street from an RF – RM2 or RMP Zone.

Min. Building Setbacks (see 33.130.215.B)

‐ Lot Line Abutting OS, RX, C, E, or I Zoned none none none none none none Lot ‐ Lot Line Abutting RF – RM4, RMP, or IR 10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft. zoned Lot Max. Building Setbacks (see 33.130.215.C)

‐ Street Lot Line 10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft.

10 ft. ‐ Street Lot Line Abutting Selected Civic 20 ft.

20 ft.

20 ft.

20 ft.

20 ft.

20 ft.

Corridors Max. Building Coverage (% of site area)

‐ Inner Pattern Area 85% 85% 100% 100% 85% 100% ‐ Eastern, Western, and River Pattern Areas 75% 75% 85% 85% 75% 100% (see 33.130.220) Min. Landscaped Area (% of site area) (see 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% None 33.130.225) Landscape Buffer Abutting an RF – RM4 or 10 ft. @ 10 ft. @ 10 ft. @ L3 10 ft. @ L3 10 ft. @ 10 ft. @ RMP Zoned Lot (see 33.130.215.B) L3 L3 L3 L3 Required Residential Outdoor Area Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No (see 33.130.228) Ground Floor Window Standards Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (see 33.130.230.B) Notes: [1] On sites that do not have a Retail Sales And Service or Office use, maximum density for Household Living is 1 unit per 2,500 square feet of site area.

130‐15

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Example Illustration: Some building form and setback development standards

33.130.212 Floor Area and Height Bonus Options A. Purpose. The bonus options allow additional floor area and an increase in height as an incentive for development that provides a public or community benefit. The bonus can be gained in exchange for providing affordable housing or affordable commercial space in conjunction with new development.

B. General floor area and height bonus option regulations.

1.

Unless specified below, the bonus options in this section are allowed only in the CM1, CM2, CM3, and CE zones, and in the CX zone outside the Central City and Gateway plan districts. Sites where a Historic or Conservation Landmark or a contributing structure in a Historic or Conservation District has been demolished within the past ten years are not eligible to use bonus options unless the landmark or contributing structure was destroyed by fire or other causes beyond the control of the owner, the only structure on the site that was demolished was an accessory structure, or the demolition was approved through demolition review.

2.

The bonus options refer to an administrative agency or qualified administrator. The administrative and reporting requirements of each bonus must be met to the satisfaction of the named agency or administrator. The named agencies are authorized to publish administrative rules with clear and objective administrative requirements.

3.

More than one bonus option may be used up to the overall maximums per site stated in Table 130‐3. For development without any residential use, and for mixed use development that proposes fewer than 20 dwelling units and does not voluntarily provide units on the site per the standards of 33.245.040.A, the affordable commercial space bonus option must be used up to the maximum increment allowed for the zone before any other bonus is allowed. Adjustments to the maximum FAR and height obtainable through bonuses are prohibited.

130‐16

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

4. The increment of additional floor area ratio allowed per bonus is stated in Table 130‐3 and described in Subsections C though E. 5.

The increment of additional height allowed per bonus is stated in Table 130‐3, except as follows: a.

Additional height is not allowed where the step‐down height limits of 33.130.210.B.2 apply.

b.

In the CM2 zone, increasing maximum height through a bonus is allowed only on sites that: (1) Are within the Design Overlay Zone; and (2) Have a Comprehensive Plan Map designation of Mixed Use – Urban Center or Mixed Use – Civic Corridor.

Table 130‐3 Summary of Bonus FAR and Height

CM1

CM2

CM3

CE

CX

Maximum FAR with bonus

2.5 to 1

4 to 1

5 to 1

4 to 1

6 to 1

Maximum height with bonus

35 ft.

55 ft. [1] 75 ft. [2]

75 ft.

120 ft. [2]

45 ft.

85 ft.

120 ft. [2]

1.5 to 1 10 ft.

0.75 to 1 10 ft.

1.5 to 1 up to 30 ft.

2 to 1 10 ft.

1 to 1 10 ft.

2 to 1 up to 55 ft.

1 to 1 none 0.5 to 1 none 1.5 to 1 up to 30 ft.

2 to 1 10 ft.

1 to 1 10 ft.

2 to 1 up to 45 ft.

Overall Maximums Per Zone

Increment of Additional FAR and Height Per Bonus Inclusionary Housing (see 33.130.212.C) Affordable Commercial Space (see 33.130.212.D) Planned Development (see 33.130.212.E)

FAR Height FAR Height FAR Height

1 to 1 none 0.5 to 1 none none none

[1] Bonus height in the CM2 zone is only allowed on sites that are within the Design Overlay Zone and that have a Comprehensive Plan Map designation of Mixed Use–Urban Center or Mixed Use–Civic Corridor.

[2] This larger overall maximum is only allowed through the Planned Development bonus option and required Planned Development Review.

C.

Inclusionary housing bonus. Maximum height and FAR may be increased as stated in Table 130‐3 if one of the following is met: 1.

Mandatory inclusionary housing. Bonus height and FAR is allowed for development that triggers 33.245, Inclusionary Housing. The amount of bonus floor area allowed is an amount equal to the net building area of the building that triggers 33.245, up to the increment of additional FAR allowed as stated in Table 130‐3. To qualify for this bonus, the applicant must provide a letter from the Portland Housing Bureau certifying that the regulations of 33.245 have been met; or

2.

Voluntary inclusionary housing. Maximum height and FAR may be increased as stated in Table 130‐3 when one of the following voluntary bonus options is met:

130‐17

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

a. Bonus height and FAR is allowed for projects the voluntarily comply with the standards of 33.245.040 and 33.245.050. The amount of bonus floor area allowed is an amount equal to the net building area of the building that complies with 33.245.040 and .050, up to the increment of additional FAR allowed as stated in Table 130‐3. To qualify for this bonus, the applicant must provide a letter from the Portland Housing Bureau certifying that the regulations of 33.245 have been met. The letter is required to be submitted before a building permit can be issued for development, but is not required in order to apply for a land use review; or b.

Bonus height and FAR is allowed in exchange for payment into the Affordable Housing Fund. For each square foot of floor area purchased a fee must be paid to the Portland Housing Bureau (PHB). The Portland Housing Bureau collects and administers the Affordable Housing Fund, and determines the fee. PHB determines the fee per square foot and updates the fee at least every three years. The fee schedule is available from the Bureau of Development Services. To qualify for this bonus, the applicant must provide a letter from PHB documenting the amount that has been contributed. The letter is required to be submitted before a building permit can be issued for development, but is not required in order to apply for a land use review.

D. Affordable commercial space bonus. Proposals that provide on‐site affordable commercial space, or pay into the Affordable Commercial Space Fund, may increase maximum height and FAR if all of the following are met. Floor area may be increased by 2 square feet for each square foot of on‐site affordable commercial space provided, up to the maximum stated in Table 130‐3. Floor area may be increased by 1 square foot for each square foot purchased through the Affordable Commercial Space Fund, up to the maximum stated in Table 130‐3:

E.

1.

The applicant must submit with the development application a letter from the Portland Development Commission certifying that any program administrative requirements have been met; and

2.

The property owner must execute a covenant with the City that complies with the requirements of Section 33.700.060. The covenant must ensure that floor area built as a result of this bonus will meet the administrative requirements of the Portland Development Commission or qualified administrator.

Planned Development bonus. Proposals that provide a combination of affordable housing, a publicly accessible plaza or park, and energy efficient buildings may increase maximum height and FAR as stated in Table 130‐3 if approved through a Planned Development Review and Design Review (see Chapter 33.270 and Chapter 33.854). The site must be at least two acres in size to be eligible for this bonus. Sites located within Historic or Conservation districts are not eligible to use this bonus.

33.130.215 Setbacks A. Purpose. The required building setbacks promote streetscapes that are consistent with the desired character of the different commercial/mixed use zones. The setbacks promote buildings close to the sidewalk to reinforce a pedestrian orientation and built‐up

130‐18

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

streetscape. The setback requirements for areas that abut residential zones promote commercial/mixed use development that will maintain light, air, and the potential for privacy for adjacent residential zones.

The front setback requirements for Civic Corridors in Eastern and Western pattern areas provide opportunities for additional pedestrian space and separation from the vehicle traffic along these major streets to create an environment for building users and pedestrians that is less impacted by close proximity to traffic, and provide opportunities for front landscaping reflective of the vegetated characteristics of these neighborhood pattern areas.

The minimum building setbacks along local service streets adjacent to residential zones work together with requirements for step downs in building height (33.130.210.B.2.b.) to ensure that there is a transition in street frontage characteristics to lower scale residential zones. In these situations, the building setback regulations promote street frontages with landscaping and residential uses to provide a transition and a cohesive street environment with similar street frontage characteristics on both sides of the street, and limit exterior display and storage to minimize impacts to nearby residentially‐zoned areas.

B. Minimum building setbacks. Minimum required building setbacks are listed below and summarized in Table 130‐2. Unless otherwise specified in this section, the minimum required setbacks apply to all buildings and structures on a site. Setbacks for exterior development are stated in 33.130.245, and setbacks for parking areas are stated in Chapter 33.266, Parking, Loading and Transportation and Parking Demand Management.

1.

Required setbacks from a street lot line. Unless as specified below, there is no minimum required setback from a street lot line: a.

The minimum setback required from a street lot line adjacent to a Civic Corridor shown on Map 130‐1 is 10 feet.

b.

The following minimum setbacks are required from a street lot line on the portion of the site that is across a local service street from an RF through RM2 or RMP zone. The setbacks do not apply in the CR or CM1 zones, or on or within 100 feet of a transit street: (1) Buildings that are entirely in a residential use, and portions of buildings with dwelling units on the ground floor, must be setback 5 feet from a street lot line facing an RF through RM2 or RMP zone. The setback must be landscaped to at least the L1 standard. Vehicle access is not allowed through the setback unless the local service street facing the residential zone is the only frontage for the site. Up to one third of the setback area can be hard surfaced for pedestrian or bicycle access. Exterior display and storage is not allowed within the setback.

(2) All other buildings must be setback 10 feet from a street lot line facing an RF through RM2 or RMP zone. The setback must be landscaped to at least the L1 standard. Vehicle access is not allowed through the setback unless the local service street facing the residential zone is the only frontage for the site. Up to one third of the setback area can be hard surfaced for pedestrian

130‐19

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

or bicycle access. Exterior display and storage is not allowed within the setback. See Figure 130‐2. c.

See 33.130.250.D for the required garage entrance setback for a garage that is accessory to a house, attached house, manufactured home, or duplex.

d.

Structured parking that does not allow exiting in a forward motion must be set back 18 feet from the street lot line. See 33.266.130.C.

Figure 130‐2 Building Setbacks and Step‐Down Height Across a Local Service Street from Residential Zones

2.

Required setbacks from a lot line that is not a street lot line:

a.

There is no minimum setback required from a lot line that abuts an OS, RX, C, E or CI zone. And, no setback is required from an internal lot line that is also a zoning line on sites with split zoning.

b.

Except as follows, the required minimum setback from a lot line that abuts an RF through RM4, RMP, or IR zone is 10 feet. The required setback area must be landscaped to the L3 standard. Areas paved for pedestrian or bicycle use can be located in the required building setback area, but may not extend closer than 5 feet to a lot line abutting an RF through RM4 or RMP zone.

(1) In the Inner Pattern Area on sites that abut a Civic or Neighborhood Corridor shown on Map 130‐3 no setback is required from a lot line that abuts a property in the RM2‐RM4 zones that also has a lot line on a Civic or Neighborhood Corridor.

(2) Buildings that are 15 feet or less in height are exempt from the required setback.

(3) For both exceptions, any setback provided that is 5 feet or greater in depth must be landscaped to at least the L3 standard for a distance of up to 10

130‐20

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

feet from the lot line. This means that if the building is setback 3 feet, no landscaping is required, but if the building is setback 15 feet, then the first 10 feet measured from the lot line must be landscaped. c.

3.

Windows in the walls of dwelling units must be setback a minimum of 5 feet from a lot line that abuts a C, E, I, or CI zoned lot. Windows of dwelling units that also have other windows facing a street lot line or facing a dedicated open space that is at least 10 feet in depth, such as a required setback or required outdoor area, are exempt from this standard. The setback area must be a minimum width of 12 feet or the width of the residential window, whichever is greater.

Extensions into required building setbacks and buffering requirements of Table 130‐2. a.

The following features of a building may extend into a required building setback up to 20 percent of the depth of the setback. However, except for building eaves and stormwater planters, they may not extend closer than 5 feet to a lot line abutting an RF – RM4 or RMP zoned lot.

(1) Eaves, chimneys, fireplace inserts and vents, mechanical equipment, fire escapes, water collection cisterns and stormwater planters; (2) Stairways and wheelchair ramps that do not meet the standard of Subparagraph B.3.b below; and (3) Bays and bay windows may extend into a street setback, but not a required setback abutting an RF – RM4 or RMP zoned lot, and also must meet the following requirements:

b.



Each bay and bay window may be up to 12 feet long, but the total area of all bays and bay windows on a building facade cannot be more than 30 percent of the area of the facade;



At least 30 percent of the area of the bay which faces the street lot line requiring the setback must be glazing or glass block;



Bays and bay windows must cantilever beyond the foundation of the building; and



The bay may not include any doors.

The following minor features of a building are allowed to fully extend into required building setbacks, but may not extend closer than 5 feet to a lot line abutting an RF – RM4 or RMP zoned lot.

(1) Uncovered decks, stairways, and wheelchair ramps with surfaces that are no more than 2‐1/2 feet above the ground; (2) On lots that slope down from the street, vehicular and pedestrian entry bridges with surfaces that are no more than 2‐1/2 feet above the average sidewalk elevation; and (3) Canopies, marquees, awnings, and similar features may fully extend into a street setback.

130‐21

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

c. Uncovered decks are allowed to fully extend into required street setbacks.

4.

C.

Detached accessory structures. For sites entirely in residential use, detached accessory structures are subject to the multi‐dwelling zone standards of Section 33.120.280. The setback standards for detached accessory structures are stated in 33.130.265 below.

Fences are addressed in 33.130.270 below.

Maximum building setbacks. Except as stated in Subsection E., the maximum building setback standards are stated below.

1.

Maximum setback standards. Unless otherwise specified, the maximum a building can be set back from a street lot line is 10 feet, except on Civic Corridors shown on Map 130‐1, where the maximum set back is 20 feet. At least 50 percent of the length of the ground level street‐facing facade of the building must meet the maximum setback standard.

2.

Applying the standard. a.

Where an existing building is being altered, the standards apply to the ground level, street‐facing facade of the entire building. See Figures 130‐3 and 130‐4.

b.

Where there is more than one building on the site, the standards of this paragraph apply to the combined ground level, street‐facing facades of all of the buildings. See Figures 130‐5 and 130‐6.

c.

In the CR, CM1, CM2, CM3, and CX zones, and in the CE zone within a Pedestrian District, if the site has street lot lines on three or more streets, the maximum setback standard only applies to two of the streets. When this occurs, the standard must be applied to the streets with the highest transit street classifications. If the site is a through lot, the maximum setback standard only applies to the street with the highest transit street classification. If multiple streets have the same highest transit street classification, the applicant may choose which street or streets to apply the standard.

d.

In the CE zone outside of pedestrian districts, the maximum setback standard only applies to transit streets unless the site does not have a street lot line on a transit street. If the site does not have a street lot line on a transit street, then the maximum setback standard applies to one street, and if there is more than one street, the applicant may choose which street to apply the standard. If the site has street lot lines on three or more transit streets, the maximum setback standard applies only to two of the streets. When this occurs, the standard must be applied to the streets with the highest transit classification. If multiple transit streets have the same highest street classification, the applicant may choose which streets to apply the standard.

e.

For buildings where all of the floor area is in residential use, the street‐facing facade of an open porch that meets the following standards is included as part of the ground level, street‐facing facade of the building:

130‐22

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

(1) For houses, attached houses, manufactured homes and duplexes, the porch must be at least 25 square feet in area. For multi‐dwelling structures, the porch must be at least 9 feet wide and 7 feet deep; (2) The porch must have at least one entrance facing the street; and (3) The porch must have a roof that is no more than 12 feet above the floor of the porch and at least 30 percent solid. This standard may be met by having 30 percent of the porch area covered with a solid roof, or by having the entire area covered with a trellis or other open material if no more than 70 percent of the area of the material is open.

3.

Exception. The maximum building setbacks do not apply to primary structures under 500 square feet in floor area, or to detached accessory structures. The street‐facing facades of detached accessory structures do not count towards meeting maximum setback standards. See Figure 130‐5.

D. Improvements in the setback area between a building and a street lot line.

1.

General standard. The land between any building and a street lot line must be landscaped to at least the L1 level and/or hard‐surfaced for use by pedestrians. This area may be counted towards any minimum landscaped area requirements.

Vegetated stormwater management facilities used to meet Bureau of Environmental Services stormwater management requirements, and residential outdoor areas, such as play areas and garden plots, as well as vehicle areas and exterior display, storage, and work activities, if allowed, are exempt from this standard. Bicycle parking may be located in the area between a building and a street lot line when the area is hard surfaced.

2.

Improvements within transit street maximum building setbacks. Along transit streets, at least 50 percent of the setback area between the street lot line and the portion of the building that complies with the maximum building setback must be hard surfaced for use by pedestrians. Buildings entirely in a residential use are exempt from this standard.

Figure 130‐3 Alteration to Existing Building in Conformance with Maximum Setback Standard

130‐23

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Figure 130‐4 Alterations to Existing Building

Figure 130‐5 Calculating Maximum Building Setback When More Than One Building On Site

130‐24

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Figure 130‐6 New Buildings on Sites with Buildings That Do Not Meet the Maximum Building Setback

E.

Alternative maximum building setback for large retailers.

1.

Purpose. The intent of the regulations is to allow deeper street setbacks for very large retail stores locating along transit streets or in Pedestrian Districts in exchange for a pedestrian and transit‐friendly main street type of development. These large retail sites can still be transit‐supportive and pedestrian‐friendly by placing smaller buildings close to the street and by creating an internal circulation system that is similar to streets in order to separate the parking area into blocks. The intent is to encourage development that will, over time, form a pedestrian‐friendly main street along the perimeter of the parking blocks and provide connectivity within the site and to adjacent streets and uses.

2.

Regulation. Sites that have at least one building with at least 60,000 square feet of floor area in Retail Sales and Service use are exempt from the maximum setback requirement of Table 130‐2 and the vehicle area frontage limitations of 33.266.130.C.3 if all of the requirements of this paragraph are met. For sites with frontage on more than one transit street or more than one street in a Pedestrian District, this exemption may be used only along one transit street frontage or frontage along a street in a Pedestrian District. a.

Other buildings on the site have ground level walls within the maximum setback for at least 25 percent of the frontage on a transit street or street in a Pedestrian District. These buildings must be constructed before or at the same time as the large retail store;

130‐25

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

b. Internal circulation system. An internal circulation system that meets the following standards must be provided: (1) Internal accessways that are similar to streets must divide the site into parking areas that are no greater than 55,000 square feet; (2) These accessways must connect to the transit street, or street in a Pedestrian District, at least every 250 feet; (3) Each internal accessway must have at least one auto travel lane, curbs, and unobstructed sidewalks on both sides and one of the following must be met:  The sidewalks must be at least 10 feet wide and planted with trees a maximum of 30 feet on center. Trees must be planted in the center of unpaved tree wells at least 18 square feet, with a minimum dimension of 3 feet. The unpaved area may be covered with a tree grate. Tree wells must be adjacent to the curb, and must be located so there is at least 6 feet of unobstructed sidewalk; or  The sidewalks must be at least 6 feet wide. There must be a planting strip at least 4 feet wide. The planting strip must be between the curb and the sidewalk, and be landscaped to at least the L1 standard, except that trees cannot be grouped.

(4) Along each internal accessway that intersects a transit street, parking must be provided between both sidewalks and the auto travel lanes except for within 75 feet of the transit street intersection, measured from the street lot line, where parking is not allowed; (5) Curb extensions that are at least the full depth of the parking must be provided, as shown in Figure 130‐7, at the intersections of internal accessways that have parking; and (6) The internal accessways are excluded from the portion of the parking and loading area used to calculate required interior landscaping. c.

Connections between sites. This standard applies to all commercial, office, or institutional development that is adjacent to sites either developed for Commercial or Institutional use, or zoned C, E, I, CI, or IR. The system must connect the buildings on the site to these adjacent sites.

130‐26

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones Figure 130‐7 Internal Circulation System

33.130.220 Building Coverage A. Purpose. The building coverage standards limit the footprint of buildings and work with the FAR, height, and setback standards to control the overall scale of development. The standards promote development consistent with the desired character of the zone. The standards allow a high degree of lot coverage in the Inner Neighborhoods pattern area to reflect the urban development patterns and continuous building frontages of the area. The standards for Eastern and Western pattern areas work in conjunction with landscaping requirements to respond to the less intensely developed characteristics of these areas.

130‐27

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

B. Building coverage standards. The maximum building coverage standards are stated in Table 130‐2, and the standards apply based on pattern area geography. Map 130‐2 identifies the pattern areas. Maximum building coverage applies to all buildings and covered structures.

33.130.222 Building Length and Facade Articulation A. Purpose. These standards, along with the height and setback standards, limit the bulk of buildings close to the street. These standards help ensure that large buildings will be divided into smaller components that relate to the scale and patterns of Portland’s commercial/mixed‐use areas and add visual interest and variety to the street environment.

B. Maximum building length. In the CR, CM1, CM2, CM3, and CE zones, the maximum building length for the portion of a building located within 20 feet of a street lot line is 200 feet. The portions of buildings subject to this standard must be separated by a minimum of 20 feet when located on the same site. See Figure 130‐8.

Figure 130‐8 Maximum Building Length

C.

Facade articulation.

1.

Where the standard applies. This standard applies in the CM2, CM3 and CE zones as follows: a. In the CM2 and CE zones, the standard applies to buildings more than 35 feet high that have facade areas of more than 3,500 square feet within 20 feet of a street property line. b. In the CM3 zone, the standard applies to buildings more than 45 feet high that have facade areas of more than 4,500 square feet within 20 feet of a street property line. c.

Portions of building facades that are vertically separated by a gap of at least 10 feet in width extending at least 20 feet in depth from the street property line are

130‐28

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

considered to be separate facades areas for the purposes of the facade area measurements. See Figure 130‐9.

2. The standard. At least 25 percent of the area of a street‐facing facade within 20 feet of a street lot line must be divided into facade planes that are off‐set by at least 2 feet in depth from the rest of the facade. Facade area used to meet the facade articulation standard may be recessed behind or project out from the primary facade plane, but projections into street right‐of‐way do not count toward meeting this standard. See Figure 130‐10.

Figure 130‐9 Facade Articulation

Figure 130‐10 Facade Articulation

33.130.225 Landscaped Areas A. Purpose. Landscaping is required in some zones because it is attractive and it helps to soften the effects of built and paved areas. Landscaping also helps cool the air temperature, intercept rainfall and reduce stormwater runoff by providing unpaved permeable surface. Landscaping can also provide food for people and habitat for birds and other wildlife. As an alternative to conventional landscaping, a range of urban green options are provided in the CM2 and CM3 zones in the Inner Neighborhoods pattern area

130‐29

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

to reflect this area’s more urban development patterns and historic storefront commercial characteristics. Landscaping is required for all commercial/mixed use‐zoned lands abutting R zoned lands and as screening for parking lots (see Chapter 33.216) to provide buffering and promote livability.

B. Minimum landscaped area. The minimum amount of required landscaped area is stated in Table 130‐2. Any required landscaping, such as for required setbacks or parking lots, applies towards meeting the minimum amount of required landscaped area. Sites developed with a house, attached house or duplex are exempt from the required minimum landscaped area standard. The required landscape area must meet one of the following: 1.

2.

Unless allowed by Paragraph B.2., required landscaped areas must: a.

Be at ground level, except when in raised planters that are used to meet minimum Bureau of Environmental Services stormwater management requirements; and

b.

Comply with at least the L1 standard described in Chapter 33.248, Landscaping and Screening, or be a vegetated stormwater management facility that meets minimum Bureau of Environmental Services stormwater management requirements. However, up to one‐third of the required landscaped area may be improved for active or passive recreational use, or for use by pedestrians.

Examples of active or passive recreational use include walkways, play areas, plazas, picnic areas, garden plots, and unenclosed recreational facilities.

Urban green alternative landscaped area. In the CM2 and CM3 zones in the Inner pattern area shown on Map 130‐2, one or more of the following may be used to meet the required landscape area: a.

Ecoroof. An ecoroof area may apply toward meeting the required landscaped area standard at a ratio of 4 square feet of ecoroof area for every 1 square foot of required landscaped area. The ecoroof area must be approved by the Bureau of Environmental Services as being in compliance with the Stormwater Management Manual.

b.

Large trees. The minimum required landscaped area may be reduced to 10 percent of site area when the site includes an area with minimum dimensions of 30 feet by 30 feet planted with at least one large‐canopy tree. An existing large‐ canopy tree can be used to meet this requirement, subject to the Tree Protection Specifications of Title 11 (Section 11.60.030). Large canopy trees are defined in Section 33.248.030, Plant Materials. At least 50 percent of the ground area within this space must planted with ground cover plants and the remainder may be hard‐surfaced for use by pedestrians.

c.

Raised landscaped areas. Landscaped areas raised above ground level may be used to meet the minimum landscaped area standard when landscaped to at least the L1 standard and soil depth is a minimum of 30 inches. Large trees are not allowed in raised landscaped area used to meet this alternative.

130‐30

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

d. Pervious pavement. Up to 50 percent of the required landscaped area may be improved for pedestrian use, such as walkways and plazas, if the area is surfaced with pervious pavement approved by the Bureau of Environmental Services as being in compliance with the Stormwater Management Manual. If this provision is used, no impervious surfaces can be counted toward meeting the minimum landscaped area standard.

33.130.227 Trees Requirements for street trees and for on‐site tree preservation, protection, and overall tree density are specified in Title 11. See Chapter 11.50, Trees in Development Situations.

33.130.228 Required Outdoor Areas A. Purpose. The required outdoor areas standards ensure opportunities for residents to have on‐site access to outdoor space for recreation, relaxation, natural area, or growing food.

Required outdoor areas are an important aspect for addressing the livability of a property with residential units by providing residents with opportunities for outdoor activities, some options for outdoor privacy, and a healthy environment. The standards ensure that outdoor areas are located so that residents have convenient access. These standards also allow for outdoor area requirements to be met by indoor community facilities because they provide opportunities for recreation or gathering.

B. Requirements.

1.

2.

Amount required: a.

On sites that are up to 20,000 square feet in total area, at least 36 square feet of outdoor area is required for each dwelling unit on the site;

b.

For sites that are more than 20,000 square feet in total area, at least 48 square feet of outdoor area is required for each dwelling unit on the site.

Size, location and configuration. Required outdoor area may be provided as individual, private outdoor areas, such as patios or balconies, or as common, shared areas, such as outdoor courtyards and play areas, or indoor recreational facilities or community rooms. There also may be a combination of individual and common areas. a.

Individual unit outdoor areas. Where a separate outdoor area is provided for an individual unit, it must be designed so that a 4‐foot by 6‐foot dimension will fit entirely within it. The outdoor area must be directly accessible to the unit.

Balconies that extend over street right‐of‐way count towards meeting this standard. Areas used for pedestrian circulation to more than one dwelling unit do not count towards meeting the required outdoor area. If the area is at ground level it may extend up to 5 feet into a required front setback, and may extend into required side and rear setbacks as long as the area is not closer than 5 feet to a lot line abutting an RF through RM4 zoned lot.

b.

Common areas. There are two types of common area: (1) Outdoor common area. Where outdoor areas are common, shared areas, each area must be designed so that it is at least 500 square feet in area and

130‐31

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

must measure at least 20 feet in all directions. The outdoor common area must be located within 20 feet of a building entrance providing access to residential units.

(2) Indoor common area. Where an indoor common area is provided, it must be an indoor recreational facility or an indoor tenant community room. Indoor common areas that are not recreational facilities or community rooms, such as lobbies, hallways, laundry facilities, storage rooms, and vehicle or bicycle facilities, cannot be used to meet this requirement. c.

Combination of individual and common areas. Where a combination of individual unit and common areas is provided, each individual area must meet Subparagraph B.2.a and each common area must meet B.2.b above, and together must provide a total amount of space equivalent to the combined amount of outdoor area required for each dwelling unit.

3.

Surfacing materials. Required outdoor areas must be surfaced with lawn, pavers, decking, or sport court paving which allows the area to be used for active or passive recreational use.

4.

User amenities. User amenities, such as tables, benches, trees, shrubs, planter boxes, garden plots, drinking fountains, spas, or pools, may be placed in the outdoor area.

Common, shared outdoor areas may also be developed with amenities such as play areas, plazas, roof‐top patios, picnic areas, and open recreational facilities.

33.130.230 Windows A. Windows in street‐facing facades.

1. Purpose. This standard:  Ensures that there is a visual connection between the living area of the residence and the street;  Enhances public safety by allowing people to survey their neighborhood from inside their residences; and  Provides a more pleasant pedestrian environment by preventing large expanses of blank facades along streets.

2.

Where this standard applies. This standard applies to street‐facing facades of buildings. Where a proposal is for an alteration or addition to existing development, the applicant may choose to apply the standard either to the portion being altered or added, or to the entire street‐facing facade.

3.

Windows in street‐facing facades. At least 15 percent of the area of each facade that faces a street lot line must be windows or main entrance doors. Windows used to meet this standard must allow views from the building to the street. Glass block does not meet this standard. Windows in garage doors do not count toward meeting this standard, but windows in garage walls do count toward meeting this standard. To count toward meeting this standard a door must be at the main entrance and face the street lot line. For structures subject to ground floor window requirements, windows

130‐32

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

used to meet ground floor window requirements may also be used to meet this standard.

4.

Exemption. Development on flag lots or on lots that slope up or down from the street with an average slope of 20 percent or more are exempt from this standard.

B. Ground floor windows.

1.

Purpose. In the commercial/mixed use zones, blank walls on the ground level of buildings are limited in order to: 

   2.

Provide a pleasant, rich, and diverse pedestrian experience by connecting activities occurring within a structure to adjacent sidewalk areas, or allowing public art at the ground level; Encourage continuity of retail and service uses; Encourage surveillance opportunities by restricting fortress‐like facades at street level; and Avoid a monotonous pedestrian environment.

Ground floor window standard for wall area that is not the wall of a dwelling unit. The following standards apply to the portions of a ground floor wall of a street‐facing facade that is not the wall of a dwelling unit: a.

General standard.

(1) Windows must cover at least 40 percent of the ground floor wall area of street‐facing facades that are 20 feet or closer to a street lot line or a publicly‐accessible plaza. For the purposes of this standard, ground floor wall areas include all exterior wall areas from 2 feet to 10 feet above the finished grade, and include openings in the walls of structured parking. See Figure 130‐11.

(2) If the lot has more than one street frontage, then the ground floor window standard in Subparagraph B.2.a(1). applies to the facade that faces the highest transit street classification. All other ground level street‐facing facades that are 20 feet or closer to the street lot line must have windows that cover 25 percent of the ground level wall area. The walls of structured parking along these facades may be set back at least 5 feet and landscaped to the L2 standard instead of providing 25 percent windows. If two or more streets have the same highest transit street classification, then the applicant may choose on which of those street to meet the higher standard. Transit street classifications are identified in the Transportation Element of the Comprehensive Plan.

b.

Exemptions: (1) Houses, attached houses, manufactured homes, duplexes, attached duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes are exempt from this Section; (2) Ground floor street‐facing walls of dwelling units must meet the standards in Paragraph B.4; and

130‐33

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

(3) One opening for vehicular access to onsite parking area.

3.

Qualifying window features. Required ground floor window areas must be windows that allow views into working areas, lobbies, residential units or residential building common areas; glazing in pedestrian entrances; or display windows that are at least 24 inches deep set into a wall. Windows into storage areas, vehicle parking areas, mechanical and utility areas, garbage and recycling areas, and display cases attached to outside walls do not qualify. Windows into bicycle parking areas are allowed to qualify for up to 25 percent of the ground floor windows coverage requirement.

Except for the windows of residential units and clerestory windows located above doors or other windows, the bottom of qualifying windows must be no more than 4 feet above the adjacent exterior grade.

Figure 130‐11 Ground Floor Windows

4.

Ground floor window and frontage standards for dwelling units. The ground floor wall area of street‐facing facades of dwelling units that are 20 feet or closer to a street lot line must meet at least one of the following standards: a.

Flexible ground floor design. The ground floor window standard of Subparagraph B.2.a(1) must be met, and the ground level of the building must be designed and constructed as follows: (1) The distance from the finished floor to the bottom of the ceiling structure above must be at least 12 feet. The bottom of the structure above includes supporting beams; (2) The area meeting this standard must be at least 25 feet deep, measured from the street‐facing facade; and (3) Each unit must include a front entrance that is located at the level of the finished grade and can be accessed without steps.

130‐34

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

b. Front setback.

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

(1) The portions of the building with residential dwelling units on the ground‐ floor must be set back at least 5 feet from the street lot line. The setback must be landscaped to at least the L1 level and/or hard‐surfaced for use by pedestrians; and (2) Windows must cover at least 25 percent of the ground level wall area of the portion of the building with residential dwelling units on the ground‐floor. c.

Raised ground floor.

(1) The portion of the building with residential dwelling units on the ground‐ floor must have the finished floor of each residential unit at least 2 feet above the grade of the closest adjoining sidewalk.

(2) Window must cover at least 25 percent of the ground level wall area of the portion of the building with residential dwelling units on the ground‐floor.

130‐35

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Figure 130‐12 Ground Floor Window Options for Dwelling Units

5.

Exception for Public Art. Outside the Central City, public art may be used to meet up to one half of the required window coverage of the ground floor window provision.

Covenants for the public art will be required, following the regulations of Section 33.700.060, Covenants with the City, to ensure the installation, preservation, maintenance, and replacement of the public art. To qualify for this exception, documentation of approval by the Regional Arts and Culture Council must be provided prior to approval of the building permit.

33.130.235 Screening A. Purpose. The screening standards address specific unsightly features which detract from the appearance of commercial/mixed use areas.

B. Garbage and recycling collection areas. All exterior garbage cans, garbage collection areas, and recycling collection areas must be screened from the street and any adjacent properties. Trash receptacles for pedestrian use are exempt. Screening must comply with at least the L3 or F2 standards of Chapter 33.248, Landscaping and Screening.

130‐36

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

C. Mechanical equipment. Mechanical equipment located on the ground, such as heating or cooling equipment, pumps, or generators must be screened from the street and any abutting residential zones by walls, fences, or vegetation. Screening must comply with at least the L2 or F2 standards of Chapter 33.248, Landscaping and Screening, and be tall enough to screen the equipment. Mechanical equipment placed on roofs must be screened in one of the following ways, if the equipment is within 50 feet of an R zone: 1.

A parapet along facades facing the R zone that is as tall as the tallest part of the equipment;

2.

A screen around the equipment that is as tall as the tallest part of the equipment; or

3.

The equipment is set back from roof edges facing the R zone 3 feet for each foot of height of the equipment.

D. Other screening requirements. The screening requirements for parking, exterior storage, and exterior display areas are stated with the regulations for those types of development.

33.130.240 Pedestrian Standards A. Purpose. The pedestrian standards encourage a safe, attractive, and usable pedestrian circulation system in all developments. They ensure a direct pedestrian connection between abutting streets and buildings on the site, and between buildings and other activities within the site. In addition, they provide for connections between adjacent sites, where feasible.

B. The standards. The standards of this Section apply to all development except houses, attached houses, and duplexes. An on‐site pedestrian circulation system must be provided.

The system must meet all standards of this Subsection.

1.

Connections. The on‐site pedestrian circulation system must provide connections as specified below: a.

Connection between streets and entrances.

(1) Sites with one street frontage.  Generally. There must be a connection between one main entrance of each building on the site and the adjacent street. The connection may not be more than 20 feet longer or 120 percent of the straight line distance, whichever is less. Buildings separated from the street by other buildings are exempt from this standard.  Household Living. If a building is located within 40 feet of a street lot line, and all of the floor area in the building is in a Household Living use, then there must be at least one connection between one main entrance and the adjacent street. The connection may not be more than 20 feet longer or 120 percent of the straight line distance, whichever is less.  Tree preservation. If a tree that is at least 12 inches in diameter is proposed for preservation, and the location of the tree or its root protection zone would prevent the standard of this paragraph from being met, the connection may be up to 200 percent of the straight line distance.

130‐37

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

(2) Sites with more than one street frontage. Where the site has more than one street frontage, the following must be met:  The standard of Subparagraph B.1.a(1) must be met to connect the main entrance of each building on the site to the closest sidewalk or roadway if there are no sidewalks;  An additional connection, which does not have to be a straight line connection, is required between each of the other streets and a pedestrian entrance. However, if at least 50 percent of a street facing facade is within 10 feet of the street, no connection is required to that street. b.

2.

3.

Internal connections. The system must connect all main entrances on the site and provide connections to other areas of the site used by building occupants, including parking areas, bicycle parking, recreational areas, common outdoor areas, and any pedestrian amenities. Pedestrian connections to public sidewalks may substitute for internal connections for main entrances that are within 10 feet of a public sidewalk.

Materials. a.

The circulation system must be hard‐surfaced and be at least 6 feet wide. On sites where all of the floor area is in Household Living, segments of the circulation system that provide access to no more than 4 units may be 3 feet wide.

b.

Except as allowed in Subparagraph B.2.d., where the system crosses driveways, parking areas, and loading areas, the system must be clearly identifiable, through the use of elevation changes, speed bumps, a different paving material, or other similar method. Striping does not meet this requirement. Elevation changes and speed bumps must be at least 4 inches high.

c.

Except as allowed in Subparagraph B.2.d., where the system is parallel and adjacent to an auto travel lane, the system must be a raised path or be separated from the auto travel lane by a raised curb, bollards, landscaping or other physical barrier. If a raised path is used it must be at least 4 inches high and the ends of the raised portions must be equipped with curb ramps. Bollard spacing must be no further apart than 5 feet on center.

d.

On sites where all the floor area is in a Household Living use, the pedestrian circulation system may be located within an auto travel lane if the auto travel lane provides access to 16 or fewer parking spaces and the entire auto travel lane is surfaced with paving blocks or bricks.

Lighting. The on‐site pedestrian circulation system must be lighted to a level where the system can be used at night by the employees, residents, and customers.

33.130.242 Transit Street Main Entrance A. Purpose. Locating the main entrance to a use on a transit street provides convenient pedestrian access between the use and public sidewalks and transit facilities, and so promotes walking and the use of transit.

130‐38

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

B. Applicability.

C.

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

1.

Generally. All sites with at least one frontage on a transit street, and where any of the floor area on the site is in nonresidential uses, or residential use in a multi‐dwelling structure, must meet the following standards. If the site has frontage on more than one transit street, the standards of Subsection C, below, must be met on at least one of the transit streets;

2.

Small housing types. Houses, attached houses, manufactured homes, duplexes, attached duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes must meet the standards of 33.130.250.B, Residential Main Entrance, instead of the requirements of this section.

Location. For portions of a building within the maximum building setback, at least one main entrance for each nonresidential tenant space on the ground floor, and one main entrance to a multi‐dwelling structure must meet the standards of this section. The ground floor is the lowest floor of the building that is within four feet of the adjacent transit street grade.

The main entrance must: 1.

Be within 25 feet of the transit street;

2.

Allow pedestrians to both enter and exit the building; and

3.

Meet one of the following: a.

Face the transit street;

b.

Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the transit street, measured from the street property line, as shown in Figure 130‐13; or

c.

If it is an entrance to a multi‐dwelling structure: (1) Face a courtyard at least 15 feet in width that abuts the transit street and that is landscaped to at least the L1 level, or hard‐surfaced for use by pedestrians; and (2) Be within 60 feet of the transit street.

D. Distance between entrances. For portions of a building subject to the maximum building setback, a minimum of one entrance is required for every 200 feet of building length.

E.

Unlocked during regular business hours. Each main entrance to nonresidential uses that meets the standards of Subsection C and D must be unlocked during regular business hours.

130‐39

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20 Figure 130‐13 Transit Street Main Entrance

33.130.245 Exterior Display, Storage, and Work Activities A. Purpose. The standards of this section are intended to assure that exterior display, storage, and work activities:    

Will be consistent with the desired character of the zone; Will not be a detriment to the overall appearance of a commercial/mixed use area; Will not have adverse impacts on adjacent properties, especially those zoned residential; and Will not have an adverse impact on the environment.

B. Exterior display.

1.

CR zone. Exterior display of goods is not allowed.

2.

CM1, CM2, CM3, and CX zones. Exterior display of goods is allowed except for the display of motor vehicles, recreational vehicles, motor vehicle parts and supplies, building materials, and the display of goods associated with an industrial use.

3.

CE zone. Exterior display of goods is allowed except for the display of goods associated with industrial uses. Exterior display areas for motor vehicles and trailers must be set back at least 5 feet from street lot lines and be landscaped to at least the L1 standard.

4.

Exterior display landscape screening abutting R zones. Exterior display areas must be set back at least 5 feet from lot lines abutting R zones and be landscaped to at least the L3 standard.

130‐40

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

C. Exterior storage.

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

1.

Exterior storage is not allowed in the CR, CM1, CM2, CM3, and CX zones.

2.

Exterior storage is allowed in the CE zone if the storage area complies with the standards of this paragraph. Exterior storage is limited to 20 percent of the site area for all uses except lumber yards and other building material stores. All exterior storage areas must be set back 5 feet from nonstreet lot lines and 10 feet from street lot lines, with the setback area landscaped to at least the L3 standard.

D. Exterior work activities. Exterior work activities are prohibited in the commercial/mixed use zones except for the propagation and sale of plants, sales of motor vehicle fuels, and car washes, which are allowed. Exterior work activities related to sales of motor vehicle fuels and car washes are not allowed within 25 feet of a lot line that abuts a residential zone.

E.

Other exterior activities. The following exterior activities are allowed in the commercial/mixed use zones: outdoor eating areas, entertainment and recreation activities that are commonly performed outside, and outdoor markets and vendor stalls.

F.

Paving. All exterior display and storage areas, except for plant nurseries, must be paved.

33.130.250 General Requirements for Small Housing Types A. Generally. Except as specified in this section, all development—residential, mixed‐use, and nonresidential—must meet the other development standards for the zone such as height, setbacks, and building coverage.

B. Residential main entrance.

1.

Purpose. These standards:  Together with the window and garage standards, ensure that there is a physical and visual connection between the living area of the residence and the street;  Enhance public safety for residents and visitors and provide opportunities for community interaction;  Ensure that the pedestrian entrance is visible or clearly identifiable from the street by its orientation or articulation; and  Ensure that pedestrians can easily find the main entrance, and so establish how to enter the residence;  Ensure a connection to the public realm for development of lots fronting both private and public streets by making the pedestrian entrance visible or clearly identifiable from the public street.

2.

Where these standards apply. a.

The standards of this subsection apply to houses, attached houses, manufactured homes, duplexes, attached duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes in the commercial/mixed use zones.

130‐41

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

b. Where a proposal is for an alteration or addition to existing development, the standards of this section apply only to the portion being altered or added.

3.

c.

On sites with frontage on both a private street and a public street, the standards apply to the site frontage on the public street. On all other sites with more than one street lot line, the applicant may choose on which frontage to meet the standards.

d.

Development on flag lots or on lots which slope up or down from the street with an average slope of 20 percent or more are exempt from these standards.

Location. At least one main entrance for each structure must: a.

Be within 8 feet of the longest street‐facing wall of the structure; and

b.

Either: (1) Face the street, See Figure 130‐14; (2) Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the street; or (3) Open onto a porch. See Figure 130‐15. The porch must:  Be at least 25 square feet in area;  Have at least one entrance facing the street; and  Have a roof that is: ‐ No more than 12 feet above the floor of the porch; and ‐ At least 30 percent solid. This standard may be met by having 30 percent of the porch area covered with a solid roof, or by having the entire area covered with lattice or other open material if no more than 70 percent of the area of the material is open.

4.

Duplexes on corner lots. Where a duplex is on a corner lot, the requirements of Paragraph C.3, above, must be met for both dwelling units. Both main entrances may face the same street.

130‐42

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones Figure 130‐14 Main Entrance Facing the Street

Figure 130‐15 Main Entrance Opening On to a Porch

C.

Garages.

1.

Purpose. These standards:  Together with the window and main entrance standards, ensure that there is a physical and visual connection between the living area of the residence and the street;

130‐43

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

 Ensure that the location and amount of the living area of the residence, as seen from the street, is more prominent than the garage;  Prevent garages from obscuring the main entrance from the street and ensure that the main entrance for pedestrians, rather than automobiles, is the prominent entrance;  Provide for a more pleasant pedestrian environment by preventing garages and vehicle areas from dominating the views of the neighborhood from the sidewalk;  Enhance public safety by preventing garages from blocking views of the street from inside the residence;  Prevent cars from overhanging the street or sidewalk; and  Provide for adequate visibility for a driver backing out of a garage.

2.

Where these standards apply. The requirements of Paragraphs D.3, D.4 and D.5, below, apply to houses, attached houses, manufactured homes, duplexes, attached duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes. When a proposal is for an alteration or addition to existing development, the standards of this section apply only to the portion being altered or added. Development on flag lots or on lots which slope up or down from the street with an average slope of 20 percent or more are exempt from these standards.

3.

Length of street‐facing garage wall. The length of the garage wall facing the street may be up to 50 percent of the length of the street‐facing building facade. See Figure 130‐ 16. For attached houses and attached duplexes, the standard applies to the combined length of the street‐facing facades of the attached units.

4.

Street lot line setbacks. a.

Generally. A garage wall that faces a street may be no closer to the street lot line than the longest street‐facing wall of the dwelling unit. See Figure 130‐17.

b.

Exception. A street‐facing garage wall may be up to 6 feet in front of the longest street‐facing wall of the dwelling unit, if: (1) The street‐facing garage wall is 40 percent or less of the length of the building facade; and (2) There is a porch at the main entrance. The garage wall may not be closer to the street lot line than the front of the porch. See Figure 130‐18. The porch must meet the following:  The porch must be at least 48 square feet in area and have minimum dimensions of 6 feet by 6 feet;  The porch must have a solid roof; and  The roof may not be more than 12 feet above the floor of the porch.

c.

Exemption. Where a lot has more than one street lot line, and there is an existing dwelling unit on the lot, this standard must be met only on the street‐facing facade on which the main entrance is located.

130‐44

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

5. Garage entrance setback. The garage entrance must be either 5 feet or closer to the street property line, or 18 feet or farther from the street property line. If the garage entrance is located within 5 feet of the front property line, it may be no closer to the street lot line than the longest street‐facing wall of the dwelling unit.

Figure 130‐16 Length of Street Facing Garage Wall

Figure 130‐17 Street Lot Line Setback

130‐45

Chapter 33.130 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 3/1/20 Figure 130‐18 Garage Front Setback Exception

33.130.255 Trucks and Equipment A. Purpose. The parking and storage of trucks and equipment is regulated to ensure that it will be consistent with the desired character of the commercial/mixed use zones and to limit adverse effects on adjacent residential lands.

B. Truck and equipment parking standards. The standards for truck and equipment parking apply to business vehicles that are parked regularly at a site. The regulations do not apply to pick‐up and delivery activities, to the use of vehicles during construction, or to services at the site which occur on an intermittent and short term basis. The truck categories are defined in Chapter 33.910.

1.

Light trucks. The parking of passenger vehicles, light trucks, and similar equipment is allowed in all commercial/mixed use zone areas that comply with the development standards for parking areas.

2.

Medium trucks. The parking of pickup trucks in the medium truck category is allowed in all commercial/mixed use zones. The parking of all other medium trucks and similar equipment is allowed only in the CE and CM3 zone. Truck parking areas must comply with the development standards for auto parking areas.

3.

Heavy trucks. The parking of heavy trucks and similar equipment is not allowed in any commercial/mixed use zone.

33.130.260 Drive‐Through Facilities A. Purpose. The drive‐through facility regulations support the desired character of the commercial/mixed use zones that are intended to be pedestrian‐oriented, while allowing the continuation and improvement of existing drive‐through facilities in some of these

130‐46

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

zones. In zones intended for auto‐accommodating development, these regulations allow for drive‐through facilities, while limiting the impacts from drive‐through facilities on adjacent residential zones, such as noise and air pollution from idling cars.

B. CR and CX zones. Drive‐through facilities are prohibited in the CR and CX zones.

C.

CM1, CM2, and CM3 zones. The following regulations apply to drive‐through facilities in the CM1, CM2 and CM3 zones: 1

New drive‐through facilities are prohibited; and

2.

Existing drive‐through facilities are allowed. Existing facilities can be rebuilt, expanded, or relocated on the site. The standards for drive‐through facilities are stated in Chapter 33.224, Drive‐Through Facilities. If the use with the drive‐through facility is discontinued for 3 continuous years, reestablishment of the drive‐through facility is prohibited. If the use ceases operation, even if the structure or materials related to the use remain, the use has been discontinued. A list of the standard evidence that can be provided to prove that the use has been maintained over time can be found in Subsection 33.258.038.B. If the applicant provides standard evidence from the list, the Director of BDS will determine if the evidence is satisfactory. If the applicant provides evidence other than the standard evidence listed, a Determination of Legal Nonconforming Status is required.

D. CE zone.

1.

New drive‐through facilities are prohibited except for drive‐through facilities associated with Quick Vehicle Servicing uses. Drive‐through facilities are not allowed within 25 feet of a lot line that abuts a residential zone. The standards for drive‐ through facilities are stated in Chapter 33.224, Drive‐Through Facilities.; and

2.

Existing drive‐through facilities are allowed. Existing facilities can be rebuilt, expanded, or relocated on the site. The standards for drive‐through facilities are stated in Chapter 33.224, Drive‐Through Facilities. If the use with the drive‐through facility is discontinued for 3 continuous years, reestablishment of the drive‐through facility is prohibited. If the use ceases operation, even if the structure or materials related to the use remain, the use has been discontinued. A list of the standard evidence that can be provided to prove that the use has been maintained over time can be found in Subsection 33.258.038.B. If the applicant provides standard evidence from the list, the Director of BDS will determine if the evidence is satisfactory. If the applicant provides evidence other than the standard evidence listed, a Determination of Legal Nonconforming Status is required.

33.130.265 Detached Accessory Structures A. Purpose. These standards are intended to maintain separation and privacy to abutting residential zoned lots from nonresidential development.

B. General standards.

1.

The regulations of this section apply only to detached accessory structures on sites with non‐residential uses. For sites where all of the floor area is in residential use, detached accessory structures are subject to the standards of Section 33.120.280.

130‐47

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

Detached garages are also subject to the standards of 33.130.250, General Requirements for Residential and Mixed Use Developments.

2.

C.

The height and building coverage standards of the base zone apply to detached accessory structures.

Setbacks.

1.

Uncovered accessory structures. Uncovered accessory structures such as flag poles, lamp posts, signs, antennas and dishes, mechanical equipment, uncovered decks, play structures, and tennis courts are allowed in a required setback, but can be no closer than 5 feet to a lot line abutting an RF through RM4 zoned lot.

2.

Covered structures. a.

Covered structures such as storage buildings, greenhouses, covered bicycle parking, and work sheds are subject to the setbacks for buildings.

b.

Water cisterns that are 6 feet or less in height are allowed in side and rear setbacks, including setbacks for abutting a residential zone.

c.

See Section 33.130.250, General Requirements for Residential and Mixed‐Use Developments, for additional requirements for garages that are accessory to residential development.

33.130.270 Fences A. Purpose. The fence regulations promote the positive benefits of fences without negatively impacting the community or endangering public or vehicle safety. Fences near streets are kept low in order to allow visibility into and out of the site and to ensure visibility for motorists. Fences in any required side or rear setback are limited in height so as to not conflict with the purpose for the setback.

B. Types of fences. The standards apply to walls, fences, and screens of all types whether open, solid, wood, metal, wire, masonry, or other material.

C.

Location and heights.

1.

Fences abutting street lot lines and pedestrian connections. Within 10 feet of a street lot line or lot line that abuts a pedestrian connection, fences that meet the following standards are allowed: a.

Fences that are more than 50 percent sight‐obscuring may be up to 3‐1/2 feet high.

b.

Fences that are 50 percent or less sight‐obscuring may be up to 8 feet high.

2.

Fences abutting other lot lines. Fences up to 8 feet high are allowed in required building setbacks along all other lot lines.

3.

Fences in all other locations. The height for fences in locations other than described in Paragraphs C.1 and C.2 is the same as the regular height limits of the zone.

130‐48

Title 33, Planning and Zoning Chapter 33.130 3/1/20 Commercial/Mixed Use Zones

D. Reference to other regulations. Electrified fences are regulated under Title 26, Electrical Regulations. The use of barbed wire is regulated under Title 24, Building Regulations.

33.130.275 Demolitions A. Generally. Demolition on a site that requires a demolition permit is subject to the tree preservation and protection requirements of Title 11, Trees. See Chapter 11.50, Trees in Development Situations.

B. Historic resources. Demolition of historic resources is regulated by Chapter 33.445, Historic Resource Overlay Zone.

C.

CX zone landscaping. In the CX zone, sites must be landscaped within 6 months of the demolition of buildings unless there is an approved development for the site. Approved development means a project approved through design review. The landscaping must meet at least the L1 standard of Chapter 33.248, Landscaping and Screening, except that no shrubs or trees are required.

33.130.285 Nonconforming Development Existing development that does not conform to the development standards of this chapter may be subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.258, Nonconforming Situations.

33.130.290 Parking, Loading, and Transportation and Parking Demand Management The standards pertaining to the minimum required and maximum allowed number of auto parking spaces, minimum required number of bicycle parking spaces, parking lot placement, parking lot setbacks and landscaping, and requirements for transportation demand management are stated in Chapter 33.266, Parking, Loading, and Transportation Demand Management.

33.130.292 Street and Pedestrian Connections A. Large site pedestrian connectivity.

1. Purpose. The large site pedestrian connectivity standard implements regional pedestrian and bicycle connectivity standards. The standard enhances direct movement by pedestrians and bicycles between destinations and increases the convenience of travelling by foot or bike. The standard also protects public health and safety by ensuring safe movement and access through a large site. The standard provides flexibility for locating the pedestrian connection in a manner that addresses site constraints such as existing development.

2.

When does the standard apply. The large site pedestrian connectivity standard applies to new development and major remodeling on sites that are more than 5 acres in size.

3.

Standard. If the site does not have pedestrian connections at least every 330 feet as measured from the centerline of each connection, then dedication of ROW for pedestrian connections is required.

4.

Exemptions. Dedication of right‐of‐way for pedestrian connections is not required in: a.

The Central City plan district; and

130‐49

Chapter 33.130 Title 33, Planning and Zoning Commercial/Mixed Use Zones 3/1/20

b. Areas of a site that are in the Environmental Protection overlay zone, the Environmental Conservation overlay zone, or have slopes with an average slope of 20 percent or greater. This means that if the 330 feet interval falls in one of these areas, that pedestrian connection is not required.

5.

B.

Pedestrian connection alignment, width and design. The Bureau of Transportation must approve the alignment of the pedestrian connections. The final alignment must ensure that pedestrian connections are located at least 200 feet apart. The Bureau of Transportation must also approve the width of, and configuration of element within, the pedestrian connections.

Additional requirements for street and pedestrian/bicycle connections are regulated by the Bureau of Transportation. See Section 17.88.040, Through Streets, of the Portland City Code.

33.130.295 Signs The sign regulations are stated in Title 32, Signs and Related Regulations.

33.130.305 Superblock Requirements Development in the CM2, CM3, CE, and CX zones which are on land that includes vacated rights‐of‐ way may be subject to the superblock standards of Chapter 33.293, Superblocks.

33.130.310 Recycling Areas Requirements for recycling areas are regulated by the Bureau of Planning and Sustainability. See Section 17.102.270, Businesses and Multifamily Complexes Required to Recycle, of the Portland City Code.

(Amended by: Ord. No. 165594, effective 7/8/92; Ord. No. 167186, effective 12/31/93; Ord. No. 167189, effective 1/14/94; Ord. No. 169099, effective 8/18/95; Ord. No. 169535, effective 1/8/96; Ord. No. 169987, effective 7/1/96; Ord. No. 170704, effective 1/1/97; Ord. No. 171219, effective 7/1/97; Ord. No. 171718, effective 11/29/97; Ord. No. 173533, effective 8/2/99; Ord. No. 173593, effective 9/3/99; Ord. No. 173729, effective 9/8/99; Ord. No. 174263, effective 4/15/00; Ord. No. 174980, effective 11/20/00; Ord. No. 175204, effective 3/1/01; Ord. No. 175837, effective 9/7/01; Ord. No. 175966, effective 10/26/01; Ord. Nos. 175965 and 176333, effective 7/1/02; Ord. No. 176469, effective 7/1/02; Ord. No. 177028, effective 12/14/02; Ord. No. 177422, effective 6/7/03; Ord. No. 177404, effective 7/1/03; Ord. No. 178172, effective 3/5/04; Ord. No.178509, effective 7/16/04; Ord. No. 179092, effective 4/1/05; Ord. No. 179845, effective 1/20/06; Ord. Nos. 179980 and 179994, effective 4/22/06; Ord. No. 180619, effective 12/22/06; Ord. No. 181357, effective 11/9/07; Ord. No. 182429, effective 1/16/09; Ord. No. 183598, effective 4/24/10; Ord. No. 184016, effective 08/20/10; Ord. No. 184524, effective 7/1/11; Ord. No. 185412; effective 6/13/12; Ord. No. 185915, effective 5/1/13; Ord. No. 185974, effective 5/10/13; Ord. No. 186639, effective 7/11/14; Ord. No. 186053, effective 1/1/15; Ord. No. 187216, effective 7/24/15; Ord. No. 187471, effective 1/1/16; Ord. No. 188142, effective 1/13/17; Ord. No. 188177, effective 5/24/18; Ord. No. 188958, effective 5/24/18; Ord. No. 189137, effective 08/22/18; Ord. No. 189488, effective 12/2/19; Ord. No. 189807, effective 12/18/19; Ord. No. 189805, effective 3/1/20; Ord. No. 189784, effective 3/1/20.)

130‐50

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Sections: General 33.140.010 General Purpose of the Zones 33.140.020 List of the Employment and Industrial Zones 33.140.030 Characteristics of the Zones 33.140.040 Other Zoning Regulations 33.140.050 Neighborhood Contact in EG and I Zones 33.140.055 Neighborhood Contact in EX Zone Use Regulations 33.140.100 Primary Uses 33.140.110 Accessory Uses 33.140.130 Nuisance-Related Impacts 33.140.140 On-Site Waste Disposal Site Development Standards 33.140.200 Lot Size 33.140.205 Floor Area Ratio 33.140.210 Height 33.140.215 Setbacks 33.140.220 Building Coverage 33.140.225 Landscaped Areas 33.140.227 Trees 33.140.230 Ground Floor Windows in the EX Zones 33.140.235 Screening 33.140.240 Pedestrian Standards 33.140.242 Transit Street Main Entrance 33.140.245 Exterior Display, Storage, and Work Activities 33.140.250 Trucks and Equipment 33.140.255 Drive-Through Facilities 33.140.265 Residential Development 33.140.270 Detached Accessory Structures 33.140.275 Fences 33.140.280 Demolitions 33.140.290 Nonconforming Development 33.140.295 Parking and Loading 33.140.300 Signs 33.140.310 Superblock Requirements 33.140.315 Recycling Areas 33.140.320 Inclusionary Housing

140-1

140

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

General 33.140.010 General Purpose of the Zones The employment and industrial zones are for areas of the City that are reserved for industrial uses and for areas that have a mix of uses with a strong industrial orientation. The zones reflect the diversity of industrial and business areas in the City. The zones differ in the mix of allowed uses, the allowed intensity of development, and the development standards. The regulations promote areas which consist of uses and developments which will support the economic viability of the specific zoning district and of the City. The regulations protect the health, safety and welfare of the public, address area character, and address environmental concerns. In addition, the regulations provide certainty to property owners, developers, and neighbors about the limits of what is allowed.

33.140.020 List of the Employment and Industrial Zones The full and short names of the employment and industrial zones and their map symbols are listed below. When this Title refers to the employment or E zones it is referring to the first three listed.

When this Title refers to the industrial or I zones, it is referring to the last three listed.

Full Name General Employment 1 General Employment 2 Central Employment General Industrial 1 General Industrial 2 Heavy Industrial

Short Name/Map Symbol EG1 EG2 EX IG1 IG2 IH

33.140.030 Characteristics of the Zones A.

B.

General Employment. The General Employment zones implement the Mixed Employment map designation of the Comprehensive Plan. The zones allow a wide range of employment opportunities without potential conflicts from interspersed residential uses. The emphasis of the zones is on industrial, industrially-related, and office uses, typically in a low-rise, flexspace development pattern. Retail uses are allowed but limited in intensity to maintain adequate employment development opportunities. The development standards for each zone are intended to allow new development which is similar in character to existing development. The intent is to promote viable and attractive industrial/commercial areas.

1.

General Employment 1. EG1 areas generally have smaller lots and a grid block pattern.

The area is mostly developed, with sites having high building coverages and buildings which are usually close to the street. EG1 zoned lands will tend to be on strips or small areas.

2.

General Employment 2. EG2 areas have larger lots and an irregular or large block pattern. The area is less developed, with sites having medium and low building coverages and buildings which are usually set back from the street. EG2 zoned lands will generally be on larger areas than those zoned EG1.

Central Employment. This zone implements the Central Employment map designation of the Comprehensive Plan. The zone allows mixed-uses and is intended for areas in the center of the City that have predominantly industrial type development. The intent of the zone is to allow industrial and commercial uses which need a central location. Residential

140-2

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

uses are allowed, but are not intended to predominate or set development standards for other uses in the area. The development standards are intended to allow new development which is similar in character to existing development.

C.

D.

General Industrial. The General Industrial zones are two of the three zones that implement the Industrial Sanctuary map designation of the Comprehensive Plan. The zones provide areas where most industrial uses may locate, while other uses are restricted to prevent potential conflicts and to preserve land for industry. The development standards for each zone are intended to allow new development which is similar in character to existing development. The intent is to promote viable and attractive industrial areas.

1.

General Industrial 1. IG1 areas generally have smaller lots and a grid block pattern.

The area is mostly developed, with sites having high building coverages and buildings which are usually close to the street. IG1 areas tend to be the City's older industrial areas.

2.

General Industrial 2. IG2 areas generally have larger lots and an irregular or large block pattern. The area is less developed, with sites having medium and low building coverages and buildings which are usually set back from the street.

Heavy Industrial. This zone is one of the three zones that implement the Industrial Sanctuary map designation of the Comprehensive Plan. The zone provides areas where all kinds of industries may locate including those not desirable in other zones due to their objectionable impacts or appearance. The development standards are the minimum necessary to assure safe, functional, efficient, and environmentally sound development.

33.140.040 Other Zoning Regulations The regulations in this chapter state the allowed uses and the development standards for the base zones. Sites in overlay zones or plan districts and designated historical landmarks are subject to additional regulations which supersede those of this Chapter. The Official Zoning Maps indicated which sites are subject to the additional regulations. Specific uses or development types may also be subject to regulations in the 200s series of chapters.

33.140.050 Neighborhood Contact in EG and I Zones A.

Purpose. Neighborhood contact is required when a new storage structure for any type of fuel will be built on a Bulk Fossil Fuel Terminal because of the impacts that fuel projects can have on the surrounding community.

B.

Neighborhood contact requirement. Proposals meeting the following conditions are subject to the neighborhood contact steps of 33.705.020.B., Neighborhood contact II. All of the steps in 33.705.020.B must be completed before an application for a building permit can be submitted.

1.

The proposed development has not been subject to a land use review; and

2.

The proposed development includes at least one new structure for the storage of any type of fuel on a site with a Bulk Fossil Fuel Terminal use.

140-3

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

33.140.055 Neighborhood Contact in EX Zone Neighborhood contact is a set of outreach steps that must be taken before certain developments can be submitted for approval. Neighborhood contact is required as follows: A.

B.

Neighborhood contact I. 1.

Neighborhood contact I requirements. When proposed development will add at least 10,000 square feet and not more than 25,000 square feet of net building area to a site, the neighborhood contact steps of 33.705.020.A., Neighborhood contact I, are required. All the steps in 33.705.020.A. must be completed before an application for a building permit can be submitted.

2.

Exemption. If the proposed development has already met the neighborhood contact requirements as part of a land use review process, it is exempt from the neighborhood contact requirements.

Neighborhood contact II. 1.

Neighborhood contact II requirements. When the proposed development will add more than 25,000 square feet of net building area to a site, the neighborhood contact steps of 33.705.020.B., Neighborhood contact II, are required. All of the steps in 33.705.020.B. must be completed before an application for a building permit can be submitted.

2.

Exemption. If the proposed development has already met the neighborhood contact requirements as part of a land use review process, it is exempt from the neighborhood contact requirements.

Use Regulations 33.140.100 Primary Uses A.

Allowed uses. Uses allowed in the employment and industrial zones are listed in Table 1401 with a "Y". These uses are allowed if they comply with the development standards and other regulations of this Title. Being listed as an allowed use does not mean that a proposed development will be granted an adjustment or other exception to the regulations of this Title. In addition, a use or development listed in the 200s series of chapters is also subject to the regulations of those chapters.

B.

Limited uses. Uses allowed that are subject to limitations are listed in Table 140-1 with an "L". These uses are allowed if they comply with the limitations listed below and the development standards and other regulations of this Title. In addition, a use or development listed in the 200s series of chapters is also subject to the regulations of those chapters. The paragraphs listed below contain the limitations and correspond with the footnote numbers from Table 140-1.

1.

Household Living uses in I zones. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [1]. Household Living in houseboats and houseboat moorages in I zones are regulated by Chapter 33.236, Floating Structures. Household Living in other structures is prohibited.

140-4

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20 2.

3.

4.

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Group Living. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [2]. a.

General regulations. All Group Living uses except for alternative or post incarceration facilities, are allowed by right subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.239, Group Living.

b.

Alternative or post incarceration facilities. Group Living uses which consist of alternative or post incarceration facilities are conditional uses. They are also subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.239, Group Living.

EG Retail Sales And Service limitation. The following regulations apply to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [3]. a.

Limited uses. Except for sites with historic landmarks, the net building area plus any exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area for Retail Sales And Service uses is limited to 20,000 square feet or the square footage of the site area, whichever is less. On sites with historic landmarks, the net building area plus any exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area for Retail Sales And Service uses is limited to 20,000 square feet or twice the total square footage of the site area, whichever is less.

b.

Conditional uses. Retail Sales And Service uses that exceed the area limits in Subparagraph B.3.a. are a conditional use.

IG1 commercial limitation. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [4]. a.

Limited uses. One Retail Sales And Service or Office use is allowed per site. The square footage of net building area plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area may be up to 3,000 square feet.

b.

Conditional uses.

(1) More than one Retail Sales And Service or Office Use on a site is a conditional use.

(2) Any Retail Sales And Service or Office Use where the net building area plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area is more than 3,000 square feet is a conditional use.

c.

Prohibited uses.

(1) Except for sites with a historic landmark, the net building area of all the Retail Sales And Service and Office uses on a site plus the exterior display, storage exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area, taken together, may not exceed 20,000 square feet or the square footage of the site area, whichever is less. Retail Sales And Service and Office uses that exceed these area limits are prohibited.

(2) For sites with a historic landmark, the net building area of all the Retail Sales And Service and Office uses on a site plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area, taken together, may not exceed 60,000 square feet or twice the square footage of the site area, whichever is less.

140-5

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Retail Sales And Service and Office uses that exceed these area limits are prohibited.

5.

IG2 commercial limitation. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [5]. a.

Limited uses. Up to four Retail Sales And Service or Office uses are allowed per site. The square footage of the net building area plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area may be up to 3,000 square feet per use.

b.

Conditional uses.

(1) More than four Retail Sales And Service or Office uses on a site is a conditional use.

(2) Any Retail Sales And Service or Office use where the net building area plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area is more than 3,000 square feet is a conditional use.

c.

Prohibited uses.

(1) Except for sites with a historic landmark, the net building area of all the Retail Sales And Service and Office uses on a site plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area, taken together, may not exceed 20,000 square feet or the square footage of the site area, whichever is less. Retail Sales And Service and Office uses that exceed these area limits are prohibited.

(2) For sites with a historic landmark, the net building area of all the Retail Sales And Service and Office uses on a site plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area, taken together, may not exceed 60,000 square feet or twice the square footage of site area, whichever is less. Retail Sales And Service and Office uses that exceed these area limits are prohibited.

6.

IH commercial limitation. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [6]. a.

Limited uses. Up to four Retail Sales And Service or Office uses are allowed per site. The square footage of the net building area plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area may be up to 3,000 square feet per use.

b.

Conditional uses.

(1) More than four Retail Sales And Service or Office use on a site is a conditional use.

(2) Any Retail Sales And Service or Office use where the net building area plus the exterior display, work and other exterior activity storage area is more than 3,000 square feet is a conditional use.

140-6

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20 c.

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Prohibited uses.

(1) Except for sites with a historic landmark, the net building area of all the Retail Sales And Service and Office uses on a site plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area, taken together, may not exceed 12,000 square feet or the square footage of the site area, whichever is less. Retail Sales And Service and Office uses that exceed these area limits are prohibited.

(2) For sites with a historic landmark, the net building area of all the Retail Sales And Service and Office uses on a site plus the exterior display, storage, work and other exterior activity area, taken together, may not exceed 25,000 square feet or twice the square footage of site area, whichever is less. Retail Sales And Service and Office uses that exceed these area limits are prohibited.

7.

Self-Service Storage limitation. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [7]. The limitations are stated with the special regulations for these uses in Chapter 33.284, Self-Service Storage.

8.

Waste-Related limitation. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [8]. All Waste-Related uses are conditional uses, unless they meet all of the following conditions in which case they are allowed by right.

9.

a.

The use must be approved by Metro under their authority as prescribed in ORS 268.317;

b.

Metro’s approval of the use must include a mitigation plan. The requirements for the mitigation plan must be approved by the City Council through an intergovernmental agreement with Metro, adopted prior to Metro’s approval of the use; and

c.

The location of the use must be in conformance with Metro’s Regional Solid Waste Management Plan.

Community Service uses in EG zones. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [9]. Most Community Service uses are allowed by right. Short term housing and mass shelters are regulated by Chapter 33.285, Short Term Housing and Mass Shelters.

140-7

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Table 140-1 Employment and Industrial Zone Primary Uses Use Categories EG1 EG2 EX IG1 IG2 IH Residential Categories Household Living N N Y CU [1] CU [1] CU [1] Group Living N N L/CU [2] N N N Commercial Categories Retail Sales And Service L/CU [3] L/CU [3] Y L/CU [4] L/CU [5] L/CU [6] Office Y Y Y L/CU [4] L/CU [5] L/CU [6] Quick Vehicle Servicing Y Y N Y Y Y Vehicle Repair Y Y Y Y Y Y Commercial Parking CU [15] CU [15] CU [15] CU [15] CU [15] CU [15] Self-Service Storage Y Y L [7] Y Y Y Commercial Outdoor Recreation Y Y Y CU CU CU Major Event Entertainment CU CU CU CU CU CU Industrial Categories Manufacturing And Production Y Y Y Y Y Y Warehouse And Freight Y Y Y Y Y Y Movement Wholesale Sales Y Y Y Y Y Y Industrial Service Y Y Y Y Y Y Bulk Fossil Fuel Terminal L [17] L [17] N L [17] L [17] L [17] Railroad Yards N N N Y Y Y Waste-Related N N N L/CU [8] L/CU [8] L/CU [8] Y = Yes, Allowed L = Allowed, But Special Limitations CU = Conditional Use Review Required N = No, Prohibited Notes: • The use categories are described in Chapter 33.920.

• Regulations that correspond to the bracketed numbers [ ] are stated in 33.140.100.B. • Specific uses and developments may also be subject to regulations in the 200s series of chapters.

140-8

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Table 140-1 Employment and Industrial Zone Primary Uses Use Categories Institutional Categories Basic Utilities

EG1

EG2

EX

IG1

IG2

IH

Y/CU [12]

Y/CU [12]

Y/CU [12]

Y/CU [13]

Y/CU [13] L/CU [11] Y N N N N L/CU 11]

Y/CU 13]

Community Service L/CU [9] L/CU [9] L/CU [10] L/CU [11] L/CU [11] Parks And Open Areas Y Y Y Y Y Schools Y Y Y N N Colleges Y Y Y N N Medical Centers Y Y Y N N Religious Institutions Y Y Y N N Daycare Y Y Y L/CU [11] L/CU 11] Other Categories Agriculture L [16] L [16] L [16] L [16] L [16] L [16] Aviation And Surface Passenger Terminals CU CU CU CU CU CU Detention Facilities CU CU CU CU CU CU Mining N N N CU CU CU Radio Frequency Transmission L/CU [14] L/CU [14] L/CU [14] L/CU [14] L/CU 14] L/CU 14] Facilities Rail Lines And Utility Corridors Y Y Y Y Y Y Y = Yes, Allowed L = Allowed, But Special Limitations CU = Conditional Use Review Required N = No, Prohibited Notes: • The use categories are described in Chapter 33.920.

• Regulations that correspond to the bracketed numbers [ ] are stated in 33.140.100.B. • Specific uses and developments may also be subject to regulations in the 200s series of chapters.

10. Community Service in the EX zone. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [10]. Most Community Service uses are allowed by right. Short term housing and mass shelters are regulated by Chapter 33.285, Short Term Housing and Mass Shelters.

11. Community Service and Daycare limitations in I zones. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [11]. Community Service uses or Daycare uses up to 3,000 square feet of net building area are allowed. Community Service uses or Daycare uses larger than 3,000 square feet of net building area are a conditional use.

Short term housing and mass shelters of any size are prohibited.

12. Basic Utilities in E zones. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [12]. Public safety facilities that include Radio Frequency Transmission Facilities are subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.274. All other Basic Utilities are allowed.

13. Basic Utilities in I zones. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [13]. Public safety facilities that include Radio Frequency Transmission Facilities are subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.274. Public safety facilities which have more

140-9

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

than 3,000 square feet of floor area are a conditional use. The approval criteria are in Section 33.815.223. All other Basic Utilities are allowed.

14. Radio Frequency Transmission Facilities. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [14]. Some Radio Frequency Transmission Facilities are allowed by right. See Chapter 33.274.

15. Commercial Parking. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [15]. Except where plan district provisions supersede these regulations, Commercial Parking is a conditional use in the E and I zones. Within plan districts, there may be special regulations.

16. Agriculture. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [16].

Agriculture is an allowed use. Where the use and site meet the regulations of Chapter 33.237, Food Production and Distribution, the applicant may choose whether it is allowed as a Market Garden.

17. Bulk Fossil Fuel Terminals. This regulation applies to all parts of Table 140-1 that have a [17]. a.

Existing Bulk Fossil Fuel Terminals. Bulk Fossil Fuel Terminals that existed on January 13, 2017 are allowed, but the total amount of fossil fuel that can be stored on the site in storage tanks is limited to the fossil fuel storage tank capacity that existed on January 13, 2017. Total fossil fuel storage tank capacity on the site in excess of the capacity that existed on January 13, 2017 is prohibited. Storing coal on the site is prohibited.

b.

New Bulk Fossil Fuel Terminals are prohibited.

C.

Conditional uses. Uses which are allowed if approved through the conditional use review process are listed in Table 140-1 with a "CU". These uses are allowed provided they comply with the conditional use approval criteria for that use, the development standards, and other regulations of this Title. Uses listed with a "CU" that also have a footnote number in the table are subject to the regulations cited in the footnote. In addition, a use or development listed in the 200s series of chapters is also subject to the regulations of those chapters. The conditional use review process and approval criteria are stated in Chapter 33.815, Conditional Uses.

D.

Prohibited uses. Uses listed in Table 140-1 with an "N" are prohibited. Existing uses in categories listed as prohibited may be subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.258, Nonconforming Uses and Development.

33.140.110 Accessory Uses. Uses that are accessory to a primary use are allowed if they comply with specific regulations for the accessory uses and all development standards.

33.140.130 Nuisance-Related Impacts A.

Off-site impacts. All nonresidential uses including their accessory uses must comply with the standards of Chapter 33.262, Off-Site Impacts.

B.

Other nuisances. Other nuisances are regulated by Title 29, Property and Maintenance Regulations.

140-10

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

33.140.140 On-Site Waste Disposal On-site disposal of solid wastes generated by a use is subject to the same regulations as for uses in the Waste-Related use category. See Table 140-1.

Development Standards 33.140.200 Lot Size Lot size regulations are in Chapters 33.614 and 33.615.

33.140.205 Floor Area Ratio A.

Purpose. Floor area ratios (FARs) regulate the amount of use (the intensity) allowed on a site. FARs provide a means to match the potential amount of uses with the desired character of the area and the provision of public services. FARs also work with the height, setback, and building coverage standards to control the overall bulk of development.

B.

The floor area standards. The FARs are stated in Table 140-2. The FAR standards of plan districts supersede the FAR standards of this chapter.

C.

Bonus FAR. In the EX zone, bonus FAR is allowed as follows. Sites in the other employment and industrial zones are not eligible to use the bonus options. Adjustments to this Subsection, or to the maximum floor area allowed through the following bonuses, are prohibited: 1.

Mandatory inclusionary housing. Bonus FAR is allowed up to the maximum FAR with inclusionary housing bonus stated in Table 140-2 for development that triggers the requirements of 33.245, Inclusionary Housing. The amount of bonus floor area allowed is an amount equal to the net building area of the building that triggers 33.245, up to the maximum FAR with bonus stated in Table 140-2. To qualify for this bonus, the applicant must provide a letter from the Portland Housing Bureau certifying that the regulations of 33.245 have been met.

2.

Voluntary inclusionary housing. Bonus FAR up to the maximum FAR with inclusionary housing bonus stated in Table 140-2 is allowed when one of the following is met: a.

Bonus FAR is allowed for projects that voluntarily comply with the standards of 33.245.040 and 33.245.050. The amount of bonus floor area allowed is an amount equal to the net building area of the building that complies with 33.245.040 and .050, up to the maximum FAR with bonus stated in Table 140-2.

To qualify for this bonus, the applicant must provide a letter from the Portland Housing Bureau certifying that the regulations of 33.245 have been met. The letter is required to be submitted before a building permit can be issued for development, but is not required in order to apply for a land use review; or

b.

Bonus FAR is allowed in exchange for payment into the Affordable Housing Fund.

For each square foot of floor area purchased a fee must be paid to the Portland Housing Bureau (PHB). The Portland Housing Bureau collects and administers the Affordable Housing Fund, and determines the fee. PHB determines the fee per square foot and updates the fee at least every three years. The fee schedule is available from the Bureau of Development Services. To qualify for this bonus, the

140-11

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

applicant must provide a letter from PHB documenting the amount that has been contributed. The letter is required to be submitted before a building permit can be issued for development, but is not required in order to apply for a land use review.

D.

Transfer of FAR from Landmarks in the EX Zone. Floor area ratios may be transferred from a site zoned EX that contains a Landmark as follows: 1.

Maximum increase in FAR. An increase in FAR on the receiving site of more than 3 to 1 is prohibited. The total increased FAR includes FAR transferred from Landmarks, and additional FAR allowed at the receiving site from bonus provisions, or from other transfers.

2.

Development standards. The building on the receiving site must meet the development standards of the base zone, overlay zone, and plan district except floor area ratio, which is regulated by Subsection C;

3.

Receiving site. The transfer must be to a site that is:

4.

E.

a.

Zoned C or EX; and

b.

Within the recognized neighborhood where the Landmark is located, or to any site within two miles of the Landmark; and

The property owner executes a covenant with the City that is attached to and recorded with the deed of both the site transferring and the site receiving the density reflecting the respective increase and decrease of potential density. The covenant for the receiving site must meet the requirements of Section 33.700.060, Covenants with the City. The covenant for the Landmark transferring the density must meet the requirements of 33.445.610.D., Covenant.

Transfer of FAR from Landmarks in the EG Zones. Floor area ratios may be transferred from a site zoned EG1 or EG2 that contains a Landmark as follows: 1.

Maximum increase in FAR. An increase in FAR on the receiving site of more than 3 to 1 is prohibited. The total increased FAR includes FAR transferred from Landmarks, and additional FAR allowed at the receiving site from bonus provisions, or from other transfers.

2.

Development standards. The building on the receiving site must meet the development standards of the base zone, overlay zone, and plan district except floor area ratio, which is regulated by Subsection C;

3.

Receiving site. The transfer must be to a site that is:

4.

a.

Zoned EG1 or EG2; and

b.

Within the recognized neighborhood where the Landmark is located, or to any site within two miles of the Landmark; and

The property owner executes a covenant with the City that is attached to and recorded with the deed of both the site transferring and the site receiving the density reflecting the respective increase and decrease of potential density. The covenant

140-12

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

must meet the requirements of Section 33.700.060, Covenants with the City. The covenant for the Landmark transferring the density must meet the requirements of 33.445.610.D., Covenant.

33.140.210 Height A.

Purpose. The height standards work with the FAR, building setback, and building coverage standards to control the overall bulk and intensity of an area. The EG1 zone height limit is the same as the General Commercial zone because the EG1 zone often functions as a transition zone between industrial and residential or commercial zones. The EX zone height limit reflects its use in intense urban areas and the range of uses that are allowed. The other zones do not have height limits because tall buildings in these areas have traditionally not been a problem.

B.

The height standard. The height limits for all structures, except detached accessory structures, are stated in Table 140-2. The height standards for detached accessory structures are stated in 33.140.270. Exceptions to the maximum height standard are stated below.

1.

Projections allowed. Chimneys, flag poles, satellite receiving dishes, and other similar items attached to a building, with a width, depth, or diameter of 5 feet or less may rise 10 feet above the height limit, or 5 feet above the highest point of the roof, whichever is greater. If they are greater than 5 feet in width, depth, or diameter, they are subject to the height limit.

2.

Parapets and rooftop railings may extend 4 feet above the height limit.

3.

Rooftop mechanical equipment and stairwell enclosures that provide rooftop access may extend above the height limit as follows, provided that the equipment and enclosures are set back at least 15 feet from all roof edges on street facing facades: a.

Elevator mechanical equipment may extend up to 16 feet above the height limit; and

b.

Other mechanical equipment and stairwell enclosures that cumulatively cover no more than 10 percent of the roof area may extend up to 10 feet above the height limit.

4.

Antennas, utility power poles, and public safety facilities are exempt from the height limit.

5.

Small wind turbines are subject to the standards of Chapter 33.299.

6.

Roof mounted solar panels are not included in height calculations, and may exceed the maximum height limit if the following are met: a.

For flat roofs or the horizontal portion of mansard roofs, they may extend up to 5 feet above the top of the highest point of the roof.

b.

For pitched, hipped, or gambrel roofs, they must be mounted no more than 12 inches from the surface of the roof at any point, and may not extend above the ridgeline of the roof. The 12 inches is measured from the upper side of the solar panel.

140-13

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Table 140-2 Development Standards Standard Maximum FAR (see 33.140.205) Maximum FAR with Inclusionary Housing Bonus (see 33.140.205.C) Maximum Height (see 33.140.210) Min. Building Setbacks Street Lot Line (see 33.140.215) - Lot line abutting an OS, C, E, or I zoned lot - Lot line abutting an R zoned lot Max. Building Stbks (see 33.140.215) Transit Street or Pedestrian District Maximum Building Coverage (see 33.140.220) Min. Landscaped Area (see 140.225) Ground Floor Window Standards apply (see 33.140.230) Pedestrian Standards Apply (see 33.140.240)

EG1 3 to 1

EG2 3 to 1

EX 3 to 1

IG1 no limit

IG2 no limit

IH no limit

NA

NA

5 to 1

NA

NA

NA

45 ft.

no limit

65 ft

no limit

no limit

no limit

5 ft.

25 ft.

0

0

25 ft.

5 ft.

0 See Table 140-3

0 15 ft.

0 See Table 140-3

0 See Table 140-3

0 15 ft.

0 15 ft.

10 ft.

None

10 ft.

None

None

None

85% of site area

85% of site 100% of area site area

100% of site area

85% of site 100% of area site area

15% of site area

15% of site None area

None

15% of site None area

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Table 140-3 Minimum Building Setbacks and Minimum Landscape Buffer From Residential Zone Lot Lines [1] Zone EG1, EX, IG1

Height of the building wall 15 ft. or less 16 or more Any height

Lots abutting a side lot line of an R zoned lot 5 ft. / 5 ft. @ L3 10 ft. / 5 ft. @ L3 15 ft. / 10 ft. @ L3

EG2, IG2, IH Notes: [1] Does not apply to lot lines that abut lots in the RX zone. See 33.140.215.B.

140-14

Lots abutting a rear lot line of an R zoned lot 0 / none 10 ft. / 5 ft. @ L3 15 ft. / 10 ft. @ L3

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

33.140.215 Setbacks A.

Purpose. The setback standards promote different streetscapes. The EG2 and IG2 zone setbacks promote a spacious style of development. The EG1, IG1, and EX zone setbacks reflect the generally built-up character of these areas. The IH zone requires only a minimal setback to separate uses from the street. The setback standards are also intended to ensure that development will preserve light, air, and privacy for abutting residential zones.

In the EG1 and EX zones, the setback requirements along transit streets and in Pedestrian Districts create an environment that is inviting to pedestrians and transit users.

B.

Minimum building setbacks. The setback standards apply to all buildings and structures on the site except as specified in this section. Setbacks for exterior development are stated in 33.140.245 below, and for parking areas in Chapter 33.266.

1.

Generally. The required building setbacks are stated in Table 140-2.

2.

Lot line abutting R-zoned lot, except RX. Building setbacks and required landscape buffering on lot lines that abut lots in residential zones, except RX, are stated in Table 140-3. Required landscaped areas must comply with at least the L3 standard as stated in Chapter 33.248, Landscaping and Screening. Landscaping is not required where buildings abut a lot line.

3.

Exceptions to the building setbacks.

4.

a.

Setback averaging. Outside of Pedestrian Districts and along non-transit streets, the street setback from a street lot line for buildings, decks, balconies, and porches may be reduced to the average of the existing respective setbacks on abutting lots. See Chapter 33.930, Measurements, for more information.

b.

Split zoning. No setbacks are required from an internal lot line that is also a zoning line on sites with split zoning.

Extensions into required building setbacks. a.

The following features of a building may extend into a required building setback up to 20 percent of the depth of the setback. However, except for building eaves, they may not project into the landscape buffer required by Paragraph B.2.

(1) Eaves, chimneys, fireplace inserts and vents, mechanical equipment, fire escapes, water collection cisterns, and planters; (2) Decks, stairways, wheelchair ramps, and uncovered balconies not meeting the standard of subparagraph B.4.b.; and (3) Bays and bay windows extending into the setback also must meet the following requirements: • Each bay and bay window may be up to 12 feet long, but the total area of all bays and bay windows on a building facade cannot be more than 30 percent of the area of the facade; • At least 30 percent of the area of the bay which faces the property line requiring the setback must be glazing or glass block;

140-15

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones • • b.

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Bays and bay windows must cantilever beyond the foundation of the building; and The bay may not include any doors.

The following minor features of a building are allowed to extend into required building setbacks but may not project into the landscaped buffer required by Paragraph B.2: (1) Canopies, marquees, awnings, and similar features may fully extend into a street setback; (2) Uncovered stairways and wheelchair ramps that lead to one entrance on the street-facing facade of a building may fully extend into a street setback; (3) Uncovered decks, stairways, and wheelchair ramps that are no more than 21/2 feet above the ground may fully extend into a required building setback; and (4) On lots that slope down from the street, vehicular and pedestrian entry bridges that are no more than 2-1/2 feet above the average sidewalk elevation may fully extend into a required building setback.

5.

C.

Detached accessory structures. For sites entirely in residential use, detached accessory structures are subject to the multi-dwelling zone standards of 33.120.280. The setback standards for detached accessory structures are stated in 33.140.270 below. Fences are addressed in 33.140.275 below.

Maximum building setbacks.

1.

Building setbacks on a transit street or in a Pedestrian District. The maximum setback standards of this paragraph apply to buildings that are enclosed on all sides. a.

Where these standards apply. Except as provided in Subsection D. below, these setback standards apply to sites in the EG1 and EX zones.

b.

Measurement.

(1) Where an existing building is being altered, the standards of this paragraph apply to the ground level, street-facing facade of the entire building. See Figures 140-1 and 140-2.

(2) Where there is more than one building on the site, the standards of this paragraph apply to the combined ground level, street-facing facades of all of the buildings on the site. See Figures 140-3 and 140-4.

(3) For buildings where all of the floor area is in residential use, the streetfacing facade of an open porch that meets the following standards is included as part of the ground level, street-facing facade of the building: • For houses, attached houses, manufactured homes and duplexes, the porch must be at least 25 square feet in area. For multi-dwelling structures, the porch must be at least 9 feet wide and 7 feet deep; • The porch must have at least one entrance facing the street; and

140-16

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20 •

c.

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

The porch must have a roof that is: − No more than 12 feet above the floor of the porch; and − At least 30 percent solid. This standard may be met by having 30 percent of the porch area covered with a solid roof, or by having the entire area covered with a trellis or other open material if no more than 70 percent of the area of the material is open.

Standards. There are two standards. Subparagraphs C.1.d. and e. specify where each standard applies: (1) Standard 1: At least 50 percent of the length of the ground level streetfacing facade of the building must be within the maximum setback; (2) Standard 2: 100 percent of the length of the ground level street-facing facade of the building must be within the maximum setback;

d.

Outside a Pedestrian district. Where the site is not in a Pedestrian District: (1) One transit street. Where the site is adjacent to one transit street, the standard of Standard 1 must be met on the transit street frontage; (2) Two non-intersecting transit streets. Where the site is adjacent to two transit streets that do not intersect: • Standard 1 must be met on the frontage of the transit street with the highest classification. If both streets have the same classification, the applicant may choose which street; • If one of the transit streets intersects a City Walkway, Standard 1 must be met along both the transit street with the highest classification and the City Walkway; (3) Two or more intersecting transit streets. Where the site is adjacent to two or more intersecting transit streets, Standard 2 must be met on the frontage of the transit street with the highest classification and Standard 1 must be met on an intersecting transit street. If two streets have the same highest classification, the applicant may choose which street.

e.

In a Pedestrian District. Where the site is in a Pedestrian District: (1) One street. Where the site is adjacent to only one street, Standard 1 must be met on that street frontage; (2) Through lot with one transit street. Where the site is a through lot and one frontage is a transit street and one is a non-transit street, Standard 1 must be met on the frontage of the transit street; (3) Through lot with two transit streets. Where the site is a through lot and both frontages are on transit streets, Standard 1 must be met on the frontage of the transit street with the highest classification. If both streets have the same classification, the applicant may choose which street; (4) Through lot with no transit streets. Where the site is a through lot and neither frontage is on a transit street, Standard 1 must be met on one of

140-17

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

the frontages. The applicant may choose on which street to meet the standard; (5) One transit street and one intersecting non-transit street. Where the site is adjacent to a transit street and an intersecting non-transit street, the following standards must be met: • Standard 2 must be met on the frontage of the transit street, • Standard 1 must be met on the intersecting non-transit street; (6) Two or more intersecting transit streets. Where the site is adjacent to two or more intersecting transit streets, the following standards must be met on the frontage of the transit street with the highest classification and any intersecting transit street: • Standard 2 must be met on the frontage of the transit street with the highest classification. If both transit streets have the same classification, the applicant may choose which street; and • Standard 1 must be met on an intersecting transit street; (7) Three or more frontages, two non-intersecting transit streets. Where the site has three or more frontages, and two or them are transit streets that do not intersect, the following standards must be met on the frontage of the transit street with the highest classification and one intersecting street: • Standard 2 must be met on the frontage of the transit street with the highest classification. If both transit streets have the same classification, the applicant may choose which street; and • Standard 1 must be met on an intersecting street; (8) Two or more frontages, no transit streets, two or more intersecting streets.

Where the site has two or more frontages, none of them are transit streets, and two or more of the streets intersect, the following standards must be met on the frontage of one street and one intersecting street: • Standard 2 must be met on the frontage of one street; and • Standard 1 must be met on an intersecting street.

2.

Exemption. The maximum building setbacks do not apply to primary structures under 500 square feet in floor area, or to detached accessory structures. The street-facing facades of detached accessory structures do not count towards meeting maximum setback standards. See Figure 140-3.

140-18

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Figure 140-1 Alteration to Existing Building in Conformance with Maximum Setback Standard

Figure 140-2 Alterations to Existing Building

140-19

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Figure 140-3 Calculating Maximum Building Setback When More Than One Building On Site

Figure 140-4 New Buildings on Sites with Buildings That Do Not Meet the Maximum Building Setback

140-20

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20 D.

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Alternative maximum setback option for large retailers.

1.

Purpose. The intent of these regulations is to allow deeper street setbacks for very large retail stores locating along transit streets or in Pedestrian Districts in exchange for a pedestrian and transit-friendly main street type of development. These large retail sites can still be transit-supportive and pedestrian-friendly by placing smaller commercial buildings close to the street and by creating an internal circulation system that is similar to streets to separate the parking area into blocks. The intent is to encourage development that will, over time, form a pedestrian-friendly main street along the perimeter of the parking blocks and provide connectivity within the site and to adjacent streets and uses.

2.

Regulation. Sites with a building having at least 100,000 square feet of floor area in Retail Sales And Service uses are exempt from the maximum setback requirement of Table 140-2 and the vehicle area frontage limitations of 33.266.130.C.3 if all of the requirements of this paragraph are met. For sites with frontage on more than one transit street or more than one street in a Pedestrian District, this exemption may be used only along one transit street frontage or frontage along a street in a Pedestrian District. a.

Other buildings on the site have ground level walls within the maximum setback for at least 25 percent of the frontage on a transit street or street in a Pedestrian District. These buildings must be constructed before or at the same time as the large retail store;

b.

Internal circulation system. An internal circulation system that meets the following standards must be provided.

(1) Internal accessways that are similar to streets must divide the site into parking areas that are no greater than 55,000 square feet; (2) These accessways must connect to the transit street, or street in a Pedestrian District, at least every 250 feet; (3) Each internal accessway must have at least one auto travel lane, curbs, and unobstructed sidewalks on both sides. One of the following must be met: • The sidewalks must be at least 10 feet wide and planted with trees a maximum of 30 feet on center. Trees must be planted in the center of unpaved tree wells at least 18 square feet, with a minimum dimension of 3 feet. The unpaved area may be covered with a tree grate. Tree wells must be adjacent to the curb, and must be located so there is at least 6 feet of unobstructed sidewalk; or • The sidewalks must be at least 6 feet wide. There must be a planting strip at least 4 feet wide. The planting strip must be between the curb and the sidewalk, and be landscaped to at least the L1 standard except that trees cannot be grouped.

(4) Along each internal accessway that intersects a transit street, parking must be provided between both sidewalks and the auto travel lanes except for within 75 feet of the transit street intersection, measured from the street lot line, where parking is not allowed; 140-21

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

(5) Curb extensions that are at least the full depth of the parking must be provided, as shown in Figure 140-5, at the intersections of internal accessways that have parking; and (6) The internal accessways are excluded from the portion of the parking and loading area used to calculate required interior landscaping. c.

Connections between sites. This standard applies to all commercial, office, or institutional development that is adjacent to sites either developed for commercial, office, or institutional use, or zoned C, E, or I. The system must connect the buildings on the site to these adjacent sites.

140-22

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones Figure 140-5 Internal Circulation System

33.140.220 Building Coverage A.

Purpose. The building coverage standards work with the FAR, height, and setback standards to control the overall bulk of structures. The standards assure that taller buildings will not have such a large footprint that their total bulk will overwhelm adjacent development or be inconsistent with the desired character of the zone. In the EG1, EG2, and IG2 zones, the standards work to assure that buildings will not dominate areas they are in. There is no limit to building coverage in the EX and IG1 zones because of the existing built-up character of the zones. There is no limit in the IH zone because the zone is designed to provide development flexibility.

B.

The building coverage standards. The maximum building coverage for a site is stated in Table 140-2. The building coverage limits apply to all buildings and covered structures.

140-23

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

33.140.225 Landscaped Areas A.

Purpose. Landscaping is required to help soften the effects of built and paved areas.

Landscaping also helps cool the air temperature, intercept rainfall and reduce stormwater runoff by providing non-paved permeable surface. Landscaping can also provide food for people and habitat for birds and other wildlife. Landscaping is required for all employment and industrially zoned lands abutting R-zoned lands to provide buffering and promote the livability of the residential lands.

B.

Minimum landscaped area standard. The required amounts of landscaped areas are stated in Table 140-2. Required landscaped areas must be at ground level and comply with at least the L1 standard as stated in Chapter 33.248, Landscaping and Screening. However, up to one-third of the required landscaped area may be improved for active or passive recreational use, or for use by pedestrians. Examples include walkways, play areas, plazas, picnic areas, and unenclosed recreational facilities. Any required landscaping, such as for required setbacks or parking lots, applies towards the landscaped area standard.

33.140.227 Trees Requirements for street trees and for on-site tree preservation, protection, and overall tree density are in Title 11, Trees. See Chapter 11.50, Trees in Development Situations.

33.140.230 Ground Floor Windows in the EX Zone A.

Purpose. In the EX zone, blank walls on the ground level of buildings are limited in order to: •

• • •

Provide a pleasant, rich, and diverse pedestrian experience by connecting activities occurring within a structure to adjacent sidewalk areas, or allowing public art at the ground level; Encourage continuity of retail and service uses; Encourage surveillance opportunities by restricting fortress-like facades at street level; and Avoid a monotonous pedestrian environment.

B.

Required amounts of window area. In the EX zone, all exterior walls on the ground level which are 20 feet or closer to a street lot line, sidewalk, plaza, or other public open space or right-of-way must have windows. The windows must be at least 50 percent of the length and 25 percent of the ground level wall area. Ground level wall areas include all exterior wall areas up to 9 feet above the finished grade. The requirement does not apply to the walls of residential units, and does not apply to the walls of parking structures when set back at least 5 feet and landscaped to at least the L2 standard.

C.

Qualifying window features. Required window areas must be either windows that allow views into working areas or lobbies, pedestrian entrances, or display windows set into the wall. Display cases attached to the outside wall do not qualify. The bottom of the windows must be no more than 4 feet above the adjacent exterior grade.

D.

Exceptions for Public Arts. Outside of the Central City plan district, public art is allowed instead of meeting the ground floor window provision. Covenants for the public art will be required, following the regulations of Section 33.700.060, Covenants with the City, to ensure the installation, preservation, maintenance, and replacement of the public art. To

140-24

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

qualify for this exception, documentation of approval by the Regional Arts and Culture Council must be provided prior to approval of the building permit.

33.140.235 Screening A.

Purpose. The screening standards address specific unsightly features which detract from the appearance of an area.

B.

Garbage and recycling collection areas. In all zones except the IH zone, exterior garbage cans, garbage collection areas, and recycling collection areas must be screened from the street and any adjacent properties. Screening must comply with at least the L3 or F2 standards of Chapter 33.248, Landscaping and Screening.

C.

Mechanical equipment. Mechanical equipment located on the ground, such as heating or cooling equipment, pumps, or generators, must be screened from the street and any abutting residential zones by walls, fences, or vegetation. Screening must comply with at least the L2 or F2 standards of Chapter 33.248, Landscaping and Screening, and be tall enough to screen the equipment. Mechanical equipment placed on roofs must be screened in one of the following ways, if the equipment is within 50 feet of an R zone:

D.

1.

A parapet along facades facing the R zone that is as tall as the tallest part of the equipment;

2.

A screen around the equipment that is as tall as the tallest part of the equipment; or

3.

The equipment is set back from roof edges facing the R zone 3 feet for each foot of height of the equipment.

Other screening requirements. The screening requirements for parking, exterior storage, and exterior display areas are stated with the regulations for those types of development.

33.140.240 Pedestrian Standards A.

Purpose. The pedestrian standards encourage a safe, attractive, and usable pedestrian circulation system in developments in the employment zones. They ensure a direct pedestrian connection between abutting streets and buildings on the site, and between buildings and other activities within the site. In addition, they provide for connections between adjacent sites, where feasible.

B.

The standards. The standards of this section apply to all development in the EG1, EG2, and EX zones except houses, attached houses, and duplexes. An on-site pedestrian circulation system must be provided. The system must meet all standards of this subsection.

1.

Connections. The on-site pedestrian circulation system must provide connections as specified below: a.

Connection between streets and entrances.

(1) Sites with one street frontage.

Generally. There must be a connection between one main entrance of each building on the site and the adjacent street. The connection may

140-25

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

•

•

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

not be more than 20 feet longer or 120 percent of the straight line distance, whichever is less.

Household Living. Sites where all of the floor area is in Household Living uses are only required to provide a connection to one main entrance on the site. The connection may not be more than 20 feet longer or 120 percent of the straight line distance, whichever is less.

Tree preservation. If a tree that is at least 12 inches in diameter is proposed for preservation, and the location of the tree or its root protection zone would prevent the standard of this paragraph from being met, the connection may be up to 200 percent of the straight line distance.

(2) Sites with more than one street frontage. Where the site has more than one street frontage, the following must be met: • The standard of B.1.a(1) must be met to connect the main entrance of each building on the site to the closest sidewalk or roadway if there are no sidewalks. Sites where all of the floor area is in Household Living uses are only required to provide a connection meeting the standard of B.1.a(1) to one main entrance on the site; • An additional connection, which does not have to be a straight line connection, is required between each of the other streets and a pedestrian entrance. However, if at least 50 percent of a street facing facade is within 10 feet of the street, no connection is required to that street. b.

2.

Internal connections. The system must connect all main entrances on the site, and provide connections to other areas of the site, such as parking areas, bicycle parking, recreational areas, common outdoor areas, and any pedestrian amenities.

Materials. a.

The circulation system must be hard-surfaced, and be at least 6 feet wide.

b.

Where the system crosses driveways, parking areas, and loading areas, the system must be clearly identifiable, through the use of elevation changes, speed bumps, a different paving material, or other similar method. Striping does not meet this requirement. Elevation changes and speed bumps must be at least 4 inches high.

c.

Where the system is parallel and adjacent to an auto travel lane, the system must be a raised path or be separated from the auto travel lane by a raised curb, bollards, landscaping or other physical barrier. If a raised path is used it must be at least 4 inches high and the ends of the raised portions must be equipped with curb ramps. Bollard spacing must be no further apart than 5 feet on center.

3.

Lighting. The on-site pedestrian circulation system must be lighted to a level where the system can be used at night by the employees, residents, and customers.

4.

EG1 and EX zones. The land between a building and a street lot line must be landscaped to at least the L1 level and/or hard-surfaced for use by pedestrians. This 140-26

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

area may be counted towards any minimum landscaped area requirements. Vehicle areas and exterior display, storage, and work activities, if allowed, are exempt from this standard. Bicycle parking may be located in the area between a building and a street lot line when the area is hard-surfaced.

33.140.242 Transit Street Main Entrance A.

Purpose. Locating the main entrance to a use on a transit street provides convenient pedestrian access between the use and public sidewalks and transit facilities, and so promotes walking and the use of transit.

B.

Applicability.

C.

D.

1.

Generally. In the EX and EG1 zones, all sites with at least one frontage on a transit street, and where any of the floor area on the site is in nonresidential uses, must meet the following standards for the nonresidential uses. If the site has frontage on more than one transit street, the standards of Subsection C, below, must be met on at least one of the transit streets;

2.

Small housing types. Houses, attached houses, manufactured homes, duplexes, attached duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes must meet the standards of subsection 33.140.265.D, Residential Main Entrance, instead of the requirements of this section.

Location. For the portion of buildings that conform to the maximum building setback, at least one main entrance for each nonresidential tenant space on the ground floor must meet the standards of this section. The ground floor is the lowest floor of the building that is within four feet of the adjacent transit street grade. The main entrance must: 1.

Be within 25 feet of the transit street;

2.

Allow pedestrians to both enter and exit the building; and

3.

Either: a.

Face the transit street; or

b.

Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the transit street, measured from the street property line, as shown in Figure 140-6.

Unlocked during regular business hours. The main entrance that meets the standards of Subsection C must be unlocked during regular business hours.

140-27

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20 Figure 140-6 Transit Street Main Entrance

33.140.245 Exterior Display, Storage, and Work Activities A.

Purpose. The exterior development standards of this section are intended to assure that exterior display, storage, and work activities: • •

• • B.

Will be consistent with the desired character of the zone; Will not be a detriment to the overall appearance of an employment or industrial area, and exterior activities in the EG1 zone will be limited to a similar level as exterior activities in the Commercial Employment zone; Will not have adverse impacts on adjacent properties, especially those zoned residential; and Will not have an adverse impact on the environment.

Exterior display.

1.

Employment zones. Exterior display of goods is allowed as follows. The setback and landscaping standards for exterior display areas are stated in Table 140-4: a.

Exterior display of goods is allowed in the EG1 zone except for uses in the Industrial categories. Exterior display of goods is not allowed for uses in the Industrial categories in the EG1 zone.

b.

Exterior display of goods is allowed in the EG2 zone.

c.

Exterior display of goods is allowed in the EX zone except for the display of motor vehicles, recreational vehicles, motor vehicle parts and supplies, building materials, and goods associated with an industrial use.

140-28

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20 2.

C.

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Industrial zones. Exterior display of goods is allowed in the I zones. The setback and landscaping standards for exterior display areas are stated in Table 140-4.

Exterior storage.

1.

Employment zones. Exterior storage is allowed in the EG1 zones but is limited to 20 percent of the site area for all uses except lumber yards and other building material stores. Exterior storage is allowed in the EG2 zones. Exterior storage is not allowed in the EX zones. The setback and landscaping standards for exterior storage areas are stated in Table 140-4.

2.

Industrial zones. Exterior storage is allowed in the I zones. The setback and landscaping standards for exterior storage areas area stated in Table 140-4.

D.

Exterior work activities. Exterior work activities are allowed in the industrial zones but not the employment zones. The setback and landscaping standards for exterior activity areas are stated in Table 140-4.

E.

Other exterior activities. Outdoor eating areas are allowed as an exterior activity in the employment and industrial zones.

F.

Paving. All exterior development areas in the EG1, EX, and IG1 zones must be paved.

140-29

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Table 140-4 Exterior Development Setbacks and Landscaping [1] Exterior Display Abutting a street Abutting a C, E, I, CI or IR zone lot Abutting an R or OS zone lot Exterior Storage Abutting a street [2, 3] Abutting a C, E, I, CI or IR zone lot Abutting an R or OS zone lot Exterior Work Activities Abutting a street [2, 3]

Abutting a C, E, I, CI or IR zone lot Abutting an R zone lot

EG1, IG1

EG2, IG2

EX

IH

5 ft. / L1

10 ft. / L1

5 ft. / L1

0

0

5 ft. / L3

10 ft. / L3

Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed

5 ft. / L3, or 5 ft./ F2 + L2 0 / F1

25 ft. / L3, or 25 ft. / F2 + L2 0 / F1

5 ft. / L3, or 5 ft./ F2 + L2 0

5 ft. / L4, or 10 ft. / L3 Not allowed in EG1; 5 ft. / L3, or 5 ft./ F2 + L2 in IG1 Not allowed in EG1; 0 / F1 in IG1 Not allowed in EG1; 5 ft. / L4, or 10 ft. / L3 in IG1

10 ft. / L4, or 25 ft. / L3 Not allowed in EG2; 25 ft. / L3, or 25 ft. / F2 + L2 in IG2 Not allowed in EG2; 0 / F1 in IG2 Not allowed in EG2; 25 ft. / L3 or 25 ft. / F2 + L2 in IG2

Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed

Not Allowed

0

Not Allowed

25 ft. / L3

0 10 ft. / L3

10 ft. / L4, or 25 ft. / L3 5 ft. / L3, or 5 ft./ F2 + L2

Notes: [1] The development standards first state the required setback, then the required landscaping standard.

[2] If parking areas are placed between exterior storage areas and the street, an F2 screen only is required on the edge of the storage area.

[3] When the F2 + L2 option is used, the fence must be placed along the interior side of the landscaped area.

33.140.250 Trucks and Equipment The regulations for truck and equipment parking apply to business vehicles that are parked regularly at a site. The regulations do not apply to pick-up and delivery activities, or to the use of vehicles during construction, or other service at the site which occurs on an intermittent and short-term basis. The truck categories are defined in Chapter 33.910.

A.

Light and medium trucks. The parking of light and medium trucks and similar equipment is allowed in areas that meet the perimeter development standards for parking areas. The areas must be paved.

140-30

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20 B.

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Heavy trucks. The parking of heavy trucks and similar equipment is allowed in zones that allow exterior storage. The development standards for exterior storage must be met in the area where the heavy trucks and similar equipment are parked.

33.140.255 Drive-Through Facilities Drive-through facilities are allowed in the zones which are intended for auto- accommodating development. They are not consistent with or supportive of areas where the desired character is pedestrian-oriented development. The standards for drive-through facilities are stated in Chapter 33.224, Drive-Through Facilities.

A.

EG and I zones. Drive-through facilities are allowed in the EG and I zones.

B.

EX zone. Drive-through facilities are prohibited in the EX zone.

33.140.265 Residential Development When allowed, residential development is subject to the following development standards: A.

Generally. Except as specified in this section, base zone development standards continue to apply;

B.

Existing buildings. Residential uses in existing buildings have no density limit within the building;

C.

New development. Residential uses in new development are subject to the development standards of the EX zone, except as specified in this section;

D.

Residential main entrance.

1.

2.

Purpose. The main entrance standards serve several purposes: •

The main entrance standards, together with the window and garage standards ensure that there is a physical and visual connection between the living area of the residence and the street;

•

They enhance public safety for residents and visitors and provide opportunities for community interaction;

•

They ensure that the pedestrian entrance is visible or clearly identifiable from the street by its orientation or articulation; and

•

They ensure that pedestrians can easily find the main entrance, and so establish how to enter the residence.

•

Ensure a connection to the public realm for development on lots fronting both private and public streets by making the pedestrian entrance visible or clearly identifiable from the public street.

Where these standards apply. a.

The standards of this subsection apply to houses, attached houses, manufactured homes, duplexes, attached duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes in the employment and industrial zones.

140-31

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

3.

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

b.

Where a proposal is for an alteration or addition to existing development, the standards of this section apply only to the portion being altered or added.

c.

On sites with frontage on both a private street and a public street, the standards apply to the site frontage on the public street. On all other sites with more than one street frontage, the applicant may choose on which frontage to meet the standards.

d.

Development on flag lots or on lots which slope up or down from the street with an average slope of 20 percent or more are exempt from these standards.

Location. At least one main entrance for each strucutre must: a.

Be within 8 feet of the longest street-facing wall of the structure; and

b.

Either: (1) Face the street. See Figure 140-7; (2) Be at an angle of up to 45 degrees from the street; or (3) Open onto a porch. See Figure 140-8. The porch must: • Be at least 25 square feet in area; • Have at least one entrance facing the street; and • Have a roof that is: − No more than 12 feet above the floor of the porch; and − At least 30 percent solid. This standard may be met by having 30 percent of the porch area covered with a solid roof, or by having the entire area covered with lattice or other open material if no more than 70 percent of the area of the material is open.

4.

E.

Duplexes on corner lots. Where a duplex is on a corner lot, the requirements of Paragraph C.3, above, must be met for both dwelling units. Both main entrances may face the same street.

Street-facing facades.

1.

2.

Purpose. The standard: •

Together with the main entrance and garage standards, ensures that there is a visual connection between the living area of the residence and the street;

•

Enhances public safety by allowing people to survey their neighborhood from inside their residences; and

•

Provides a more pleasant pedestrian environment by preventing large expanses of blank facades along streets.

Where this standard applies. The standard of this subsection applies to houses, attached houses, manufactured homes, duplexes, attached duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes in the Employment and Industrial zones. Where a proposal is for an alteration or addition to existing development, the applicant may choose to apply the standard either to the portion being altered or added, or to the entire street-facing

140-32

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

facade. Development on flag lots or on lots that slope up or down from the street with an average slope of 20 percent or more are exempt from this standard.

3.

The standard. At least 15 percent of the area of each facade that faces a street lot line must be windows or main entrance doors. Windows used to meet this standard must allow views from the building to the street. Glass block does not meet this standard.

Windows in garage doors do not count toward meeting this standard, but windows in garage walls do count toward meeting this standard. To count toward meeting this standard, a door must be at the main entrance and facing a street lot line.

Figure 140-7 Main Entrance Facing the Street

Figure 140-8 Main Entrance Opening Onto a Porch

140-33

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones F.

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Garages.

1.

Purpose. These standards: •

Together with the window and main entrance standards, ensure that there is a physical and visual connection between the living area of the residence and the street;

•

Ensure that the location and amount of the living area of the residence, as seen from the street, is more prominent than the garage;

•

Prevent garages from obscuring the main entrance from the street and ensure that the main entrance for pedestrians, rather than automobiles, is the prominent entrance;

•

Provide for a more pleasant pedestrian environment by preventing garages and vehicle areas from dominating the views of the neighborhood from the sidewalk; and

•

Enhance public safety by preventing garages from blocking views of the street from inside the residence.

2.

Where these standards apply. The requirements of Paragraphs F.3 and F.4, below, apply to houses, attached houses, manufactured homes, duplexes, attached duplexes, triplexes, and fourplexes. When a proposal is for an alteration or addition to existing development, the standards of this section apply only to the portion being altered or added. Development on flag lots or on lots which slope up or down from the street with an average slope of 20 percent or more are exempt from these standards.

3.

Length of street-facing garage wall. The length of the garage wall facing the street may be up to 50 percent of the length of the street-facing building facade. See Figure 1409. For attached houses and attached duplexes, the standard applies to the combined length of the street-facing facades of the attached units.

4.

Street lot line setbacks. a.

Generally. A garage wall that faces a street may be no closer to the street lot line than the longest street-facing wall of the dwelling unit. See Figure 140-11.

b.

Exception. A street-facing garage wall may be up to 6 feet in front of the longest street-facing wall of the dwelling unit, if: (1) The street-facing garage wall is 40 percent or less of the length of the building facade; and (2) There is a porch at the main entrance. The garage wall may not be closer to the street lot line than the front of the porch. See Figure 140-12. The porch must meet the following: • The porch must be at least 48 square feet in area and have minimum dimensions of 6 feet by 6 feet; • The porch must have a solid roof; and • The roof may not be more than 12 feet above the floor of the porch.

140-34

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20 c.

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Exemption. Where a lot has more than one street lot line, and there is an existing dwelling unit on the lot, this standard must be met only on the street-facing facade on which the main entrance is located.

33.140.270 Detached Accessory Structures A.

Purpose. These standards are intended to maintain separation and privacy to abutting residential lots from nonresidential development.

B.

General standards.

C.

1.

The regulations of this section apply to detached accessory structures on sites with non-residential uses. For sites where all of the floor area is in residential use, detached accessory structures are subject to the standards of Section 33.120.280. Detached garages that are accessory to residential development are also subject to the standards of 33.140.265, Residential Development.

2.

Unless stated in this section, the height and building coverage standards of the base zone apply to detached accessory structures.

Setbacks.

1.

Uncovered accessory structures. Uncovered accessory structures, such as flag poles, lamp posts, signs, antennas and dishes, mechanical equipment, uncovered decks, play structures, and tennis courts, are allowed in a street setback, but not in a required setback from an abutting residential zone.

2.

Covered structures. a.

Covered structures, such as storage buildings, greenhouses, work shed, covered decks, and covered recreational structures, are subject to the setbacks for buildings.

b.

Water cisterns that are 6 feet or less in height are allowed in side and rear setbacks, including setbacks abutting a residential zone.

c.

See Section 33.140.265, Residential Development, for additional requirements for garages that are accessory to residential development.

140-35

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Figure 140-9 Length of Street-Facing Garage Wall

Figure 140-10 Length of Street-Facing Garage Wall Exception

140-36

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones Figure 140-11 Street Lot Line Setback

Figure 140-12 Garage Front Setback Exception

33.140.275 Fences A.

Purpose. The fence regulations promote the positive benefits of fences without negatively impacting the community or endangering public or vehicle safety. Fences near streets are kept low in order to allow visibility into and out of the site and to ensure visibility for motorists. Fences in any required side or rear setback are limited in height so as to not conflict with the purpose for the setback.

140-37

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

B.

Types of fences. The standards apply to walls, fences, and screens of all types whether open, solid, wood, metal, wire, masonry, or other material.

C.

Location and heights.

1.

Fences along street lot lines, including pedestrian connections. a.

EG1, IG1 and IH zones. In EG1, IG1, and IH zones, fences up to 3-1/2 feet high are allowed in a required street building setback, including setbacks from pedestrian connections.

b.

EG2, EX and IG2 zones. In EG2, EX and IG2 zones, within 10 feet of a street lot line, fences that meet the following standards are allowed: (1) Fences that are more than 50 percent sight-obscuring may be up to 3-1/2 feet high; (2) Fences that are 50 percent or less sight-obscuring may be up to 8 feet high.

c.

D.

EG2 and IG2 zones. In EG2 and IG2 zones, fences that are more than 50 percent sight-obscuring may be up to 8 feet high within the street building setback if they are more than 10 feet from the lot line.

2.

Fences along other lot lines. Fences up to 8 feet high are allowed in required building setbacks along all other lot lines.

3.

Fences in all other locations. The height for fences in locations other than described in Paragraphs C.1 and 2 is the same as the regular height limits of the zone.

Reference to other regulations. Electrified fences are regulated under Title 26, Electrical Regulations. The use of barbed wire is regulated under Title 24, Building Regulations.

33.140.280 Demolitions A.

Generally. Demolition on a site that requires a demolition permit is subject to the tree preservation and protection requirements of Title 11, Trees. See Chapter 11.50, Trees in Development Situations.

B.

Historic resources. Demolitions of historic resources is regulated by Chapter 33.445, Historic Resource Overlay Zone.

33.140.290 Nonconforming Development Existing development that does not conform to the development standards of this chapter may be subject to the regulations of Chapter 33.258, Nonconforming Situations.

33.140.295 Parking and Loading The standards pertaining to the minimum required and maximum allowed number of auto parking spaces, minimum required number of bicycle parking spaces, parking lot placement, parking lot setbacks and landscaping, and loading areas are stated in Chapter 33.266, Parking And Loading.

33.140.300 Signs The sign regulations are stated in Title 32, Signs and Related Regulations.

140-38

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.140 Employment and Industrial Zones

33.140.310 Superblock Requirements Developments in the EX zone which are on land that includes vacated rights-of-way may be subject to the superblock standards of Chapter 33.293, Superblocks.

33.140.315 Recycling Areas Requirements for recycling areas are regulated by the Bureau of Planning and Sustainability. See Section 17.102.270, Businesses and Multifamily Complexes Required to Recycle, of the Portland City Code.

33.140.320 Inclusionary Housing The standards pertaining to inclusionary housing are stated in Chapter 33.245, Inclusionary Housing.

(Amended by: Ord. No. 165376, effective 5/29/92; Ord. No. 165594, effective 7/8/92; Ord. No. 166920, effective 10/1/93; Ord. No. 167186, effective 12/31/93; Ord. No. 167189, effective 1/14/94; Ord. No. 169535, effective 1/8/96; Ord. No. 169987, effective 7/1/96; Ord. No. 170704, effective 1/1/97; Ord. No. 171219, effective 7/1/97; Ord. No. 171718, effective 11/29/97; Ord. No. 173259, effective 5/14/99; Ord. No. 173593, effective 9/3/99; Ord. No. 173729, effective 9/8/99; Ord. No. 174263, effective 4/15/00; Ord. No. 174980, effective 11/20/00; Ord. No. 175204, effective 3/1/01; Ord. No. 175837, effective 9/7/01; Ord. No. 175966, effective 10/26/01; Ord. Nos. 175965 and 176333, effective 7/1/02; Ord. No. 176469, effective 7/1/02; Ord. No. 177028, effective 12/14/02; Ord. No. 177422, effective 6/7/03; Ord. No. 177404, effective 7/1/03; Ord. No. 178172, effective 3/5/04; Ord. No. 178509, effective 7/16/04; Ord. No. 178832, effective 10/21/04; Ord. Nos. 179980 and 179994, effective 4/22/06; Ord. No. 180619, effective 12/22/06; Ord. No. 181357, effective 11/9/07; Ord. No. 182429, effective 1/16/09; Ord. No. 183598, effective 4/24/10; Ord. No. 184524, effective 7/1/11; Ord. No. 185412, effective 6/13/12; Ord. No. 185915, effective 5/1/13; Ord. No. 185974, effective 5/10/13; Ord. No. 186639, effective 7/11/14; Ord. No. 186053, effective 1/1/15; Ord. No. 187216, effective 7/24/15; Ord. No. 187471, effective 1/1/16; Ord. No. 188077, effective 12/9/16; Ord. No. 188142, effective 1/13/17; Ord. No 188162, effective 2/1/17; Ord. No. 188177, effective 5/24/18; Ord. No. 188958, effective 5/24/18; Ord. No. 189000, effective 7/9/18; Ord. No. 189488, effective 12/2/19; Ord. No. 189807, effective 12/18/19; Ord. No. 189805, effective 3/1/20; Ord. No. 190023, effective 8/10/20.)

140-39

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 5/24/18

Chapter 33.400 Aircraft Landing Zone

33.400 Aircraft Landing Zone

400

Sections: 33.400.010 Purpose 33.400.020 Map Symbol 33.400.025 Relationship to Federal Regulations 33.400.030 Height Limits 33.400.040 Exceptions to Height Limits Map 400-1 Aircraft Landing Overlay Zone Boundaries

33.400.010 Purpose The Aircraft Landing Overlay Zone provides safer operating conditions for aircraft in the vicinity of Portland International Airport by limiting the height of structures, vegetation, and construction equipment.

33.400.020 Map Symbol The Aircraft Landing zone is shown on the Official Zoning Maps with a letter "h" map symbol (for height).

33.400.025 Relationship to Federal Regulations The Aircraft Landing overlay zone supplements, but is subordinate to, federal airspace regulations administered by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). Development and structures that meet the requirements of the Aircraft Landing Overlay Zone may still be subject to review by the FAA. 33.400.030 Height Limits All structures, vegetation, and construction equipment within the Aircraft Landing Overlay Zone are subject to the height limits of this section. Map 400-1 shows the boundaries of the overlay zone.

The Aircraft Landing Overlay Zone Map, available in the Development Services Center shows the height limits.

A.

E, I, CI2, and OS zones. In the employment, industrial, CI2, and open space zones, the height limits are shown on the Aircraft Landing Overlay Zone Map. When the base zone height is more restrictive than the Aircraft Landing Overlay Zone height, the base zone height applies. The Aircraft Landing Overlay Zone Map is available at the Development Services Center.

B.

R, C, IR, and CI1 zones. In the residential and commercial/mixed use, IR, and CI1 zones, structures are regulated by the base zone height limits rather than the height limits of this chapter.

C.

All zones. In all zones, structures taller than the limits of Subsection A or B are subject to Section 33.400.040.

400-1

Chapter 33.400 Aircraft Landing Zone

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 5/24/18

33.400.040 Exceptions to Height Limits An application for a building permit or land use review for a structure that will exceed the height limits of Section 33.400.030 must be accompanied by an approval letter from the Federal Aviation Administration. The letter, called "determination of no hazard to air navigation," states that the proposal will not create safety problems. The application for FAA approval is available on the Federal Aviation Administration website or from the Aviation Department of the Port of Portland.

(Amended by: Ord. No. 176469, effective 7/1/02; Ord. No. 184521, effective 5/13/11; Ord. No. 188177, effective 5/24/18; Ord. No. 188958, effective 5/24/18.)

400-2

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone

33.420 Design Overlay Zone

420

Sections: 33.420.010 Purpose 33.420.020 Map Symbol 33.420.021 Applying the Design Overlay Zone 33.420.025 Where These Regulations Apply 33.420.030 Neighborhood Contact 33.420.041 When Design Review is Required 33.420.045 Exempt From Design Review 33.420.051 Design Guidelines 33.420.055 When Community Design Standards May Be Used 33.420.060 When Community Design Standards May Not Be Used Map 420-1 Design Districts and Subdistricts in the Central City and South Auditorium Plan Districts Map 420-2 Macadam Design District Map 420-3 Terwilliger Design District Map 420-4 Sellwood-Moreland Design District Map 420-5 Marquam Hill Design District Map 420-6 Gateway Design District

33.420.010 Purpose The Design Overlay Zone promotes the conservation, enhancement, and continued vitality of areas of the City with special scenic, architectural, or cultural value. The Design Overlay Zone also promotes quality high-density development adjacent to transit facilities. This is achieved through the creation of design districts and applying the Design Overlay Zone as part of community planning projects, development of design guidelines for each district, and by requiring design review or compliance with the Community Design Standards. In addition, design review or compliance with the Community Design Standards ensures that certain types of infill development will be compatible with the neighborhood and enhance the area.

33.420.020 Map Symbol The Design Overlay Zone is shown on the Official Zoning Maps with a letter "d" map symbol.

33.420.021 Applying the Design Overlay Zone The Design Overlay Zone is applied to areas where design and neighborhood character are of special concern. Application of the Design Overlay Zone must be accompanied by adoption of design guidelines, or by specifying which guidelines will be used.

Many applications of the Design Overlay Zone shown on the Official Zoning Maps are referred to as design districts. A design district may be divided into subdistricts. Subdistricts are created when an area within a design district has unique characteristics that require special consideration and additional design guidelines. The location and name of each design district and subdistrict is shown on maps 420-1 through 420-6 at the end of this chapter.

420-1

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Other applications of the Design Overlay Zone shown on the Official Zoning Maps are not specific design districts. Some are adopted as part of a community planning project, and some are applied automatically when zoning is changed to CX, CM3, EX, RX, or IR.

33.420.025 Where These Regulations Apply The regulations of this chapter apply to all design overlay zones. Design review may also be a requirement of a plan district, other overlay zone, or as a condition of approval of a quasi-judicial decision.

33.420.030 Neighborhood Contact Neighborhood contact is a set of outreach steps that must be taken before certain developments can be submitted for approval. Neighborhood contact is required as follows: A.

When the proposed development will add at least 10,000 square feet of net building area to a site, the neighborhood contact step of 33.705.020.C., Neighborhood contact III, are required.

B.

If the proposed development has already met the neighborhood contact requirements as part of a land use review process, it is exempt from the neighborhood contact requirements.

33.420.041 When Design Review is Required Unless exempted by Section 33.420.045, Exempt From Design Review, design review is required for the following: A.

New development;

B.

Exterior alterations to existing development, including changes to exterior color when the existing color was specifically required by a design review approval;

C.

Nonstandard improvements in the public right-of-way such as street lights, street furniture, planters, public art, sidewalk and street paving materials, and landscaping. Nonstandard improvements in the public right-of-way must receive prior approval from the City Engineer prior to applying for design review. Improvements that meet the City Engineer’s standards are exempt from design review;

D.

Items identified in the Citywide Policy on Encroachments in the Public Right-of-Way or Title 17, Public Improvements, as requiring design review;

E.

Removal of trees in the South Auditorium plan district;

F.

Exterior signs larger than 32 square feet, except in the South Auditorium plan district, where all signs are subject to design review;

G.

Where City Council requires design review of a proposal because it is considered to have major design significance to the City. In these instances, the City Council will provide design guidelines by which the proposal will be reviewed, and specify the review procedure;

H.

Proposals using one of the provisions of the a, Alternative Design Density Overlay Zone, specified in Sections 33.405.040 through .080;

420-2

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone

I.

Floating structures, except individual houseboats; and

J.

In the Marquam Hill plan district, proposals to develop or improve formal open area required by Chapter 33.555. This includes designating existing open areas as formal open areas.

33.420.045 Exempt From Design Review The following items are exempt from design review: A.

If the site is a Historic or Conservation Landmark, or in a Historic or Conservation District, it is instead subject to the regulations for historic resource review as set out in Chapter 33.445, Historic Resource Overlay Zone;

B.

Repair, maintenance, and replacement with comparable materials or the same color of paint;

C.

Within the Terwilliger Design District, development that will not be visible from Terwilliger Boulevard;

D.

Alterations to residential structures in RF through RM2 zones, where the alterations are valued at $10,000 or less;

E.

Skylights;

F.

Development associated with Rail Lines And Utility Corridors uses;

G.

Exterior activities and development for Agriculture uses;

H.

Modifications to a structure to meet the Americans With Disabilities Act's requirements in C, E, I, and CI zones;

I.

Development associated with Parks and Open Areas uses that do not require a conditional use review;

J.

Proposals where a building or sign permit is not required;

K.

Development in the IR zone, including alterations, that is not located within the boundaries of an approved Impact Mitigation Plan;

L.

Parking lot landscaping that meets the development standards of this Title;

M. Rooftop mechanical equipment and associated ductwork, other than radio frequency transmission facilities, that is added to the roof of an existing building if the following are met: 1.

The area where the equipment will be installed must have a pitch of 1/12 or less;

2.

No more than 8 mechanical units are allowed, including both proposed and existing units;

3.

The proposed mechanical equipment must be set back at least 4 feet from the edge of the roof for every 1 foot of height of the equipment above the roof surface or top of parapet; and

4.

The proposed equipment must have a matte finish or be painted to match the roof.

420-3

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone N.

O.

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Rooftop vents installed on roofs if the vent and associated elements such as pipes, conduits and covers meet the following: 1.

The area where the vent and associated elements will be installed must have a pitch of 1/12 or less;

2.

The proposed vent and associated elements must not be more than 30 inches high and no larger than 18 inches in width, depth, or diameter;

3.

The proposed vent and associated elements must be set back at least 4 feet from the edge of the rooftop for every 1 foot of height above the roof surface or top of parapet; and

4.

The proposed vent and associated elements must have a matte finish or be painted to match the roof.

Radio frequency transmission facilities for personal wireless services that meet the following: 1.

The antennas are added to the facade of an existing penthouse that contains mechanical equipment provided the antennas are no higher than the top of the penthouse, are flush mounted, and are painted to match the facade of the penthouse; and

2.

Rooftop accessory equipment that is: a.

Located entirely within 5 feet of the facade of the existing penthouse, is no higher than the top of the penthouse, and is painted to match the facade of the penthouse; or

b.

Entirely screened behind walls extending one side of the penthouse, provided the walls: (1) Do not extend farther than 10 feet from the facade of the existing penthouse and are not closer than 15 feet to street facing roof edges; (2) Are no taller than the top of the penthouse; and (3) Are painted and textured to match the facade of the penthouse.

P.

Exterior alterations to existing development and construction of detached accessory structures within the Sellwood-Moreland Design District;

Q.

Houseboats;

R.

Within the Marquam Hill Design District: 1.

Additions of floor area less than 25,000 square feet;

2.

Alterations that affect less than 50 percent of the area of a facade where the area affected is also less than 3,000 square feet;

3.

Exterior improvements less than 5,000 square feet, except for exterior improvements affecting areas counting towards the formal open area requirements of Section 33.555.260; or 420-4

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20 4.

S.

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone

Landscaping not associated with formal open areas.

Awnings for each ground floor tenant, which meet the following requirements; 1.

If existing awnings on the same building facade have been approved through design review, or have been placed under the provisions of this subsection, the proposed awnings must match the following elements of the existing awnings: the sectional profile, structure, degree of enclosure, and placement vertically on the building. The awning also must meet S.2.c through f, below;

2.

If there are no existing awnings on the same building facade that have been approved through design review or placed using the provisions of this subsection, the proposed awnings must be a flat or shed configuration in sectional profile (see Figure 420-1), and meet the following: a.

Awnings must project at least three feet from the building wall facade;

b.

The front valance of each awning may be no more than 12 inches high.

See Figure 420-2;

c.

Illumination may not be incorporated into awnings or awning structures;

d.

One or more awnings may be proposed for each ground floor tenant, but the total area of awnings per ground floor tenant may not exceed 50 square feet, measured from the building elevation. See figure 420-2;

e.

Awning covers must be made of Sunbrella™, Dickson Awning Fabrics™, Para Tempotest™, or a material with equivalent characteristics in terms of: durability, texture, and no-gloss sheen; and

f.

Awnings must be at least 18 inches from all other awnings.

T.

Within the St. Johns plan district, alterations to single-dwelling detached structures;

U.

Public Art as defined in Chapter 5.74;

V.

Within the North Interstate plan district, alterations to detached houses and accessory structures on sites not fronting on Interstate Avenue;

W. Permitted Original Art Murals as defined in Title 4; and X.

Louvers for mechanical ventilation placed within existing ground floor window mullions, which meet the following: 1.

The maximum size of each louver is 8 square feet, and the maximum height of each louver is three feet. However, in no case may a louver have a dimension different from the size of the existing window mullion opening;

2.

The window system containing the louver must not be higher than the bottom of the floor structure of the second story;

3.

The bottom of the louvers must be at least 8 feet above adjacent grade;

4.

The louvers may not project out further than the face of the window mullion;

420-5

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone 5.

Y.

The louvers must be painted to match the existing window mullion color/finish;

Rooftop solar energy systems that meet the following requirements: 1.

2.

Z.

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

On a flat roof. The solar energy system must be mounted flush or on racks, with the system or rack extending no more than 5 feet above the top of the highest point of the roof, not including the parapet. Solar energy systems must also be screened from the street by: a.

An existing parapet along the street facing facade that is as tall as the tallest part of the solar energy system; or

b.

Setting the solar energy system back from the street facing roof edges. For each foot of height that the portion of the system projects above the parapet, or roofline when there is no parapet, the system must be set back 4 feet.

On a pitched roof. The plane of the system must be parallel with the roof surface, with the system no more than 12 inches from the surface of the roof at any point, and set back 3 feet from the roof edge and ridgeline.

Eco-roofs installed on existing buildings when the roof is flat or surrounded by a parapet that is at least 12 inches higher than the highest part of the eco-roof surface, and when no other exterior improvements subject to design review are proposed. Plants must be species that do not characteristically exceed 12-inches in height at mature growth.

AA. Anemometers, which measure wind speed; and BB. Small wind energy turbines that do not extend into a view corridor designated by the Scenic Resources Protection Plan. Wind turbines are subject to the standards of Chapter 33.299, Wind Turbines.

CC. Manufactured dwelling parks.

33.420.051 Design Guidelines Guidelines specific to a design district have been adopted for the areas shown on maps 420-1 through 420-3 and 420-5 through 420-6 at the end of this chapter. All other areas within the Design Overlay Zone use the Community Design Guidelines.

420-6

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone Figure 420-1 Exempt Awning Section Profile

Figure 420-2 Exempt Awning Measurements

33.420.055 When Community Design Standards May Be Used The Community Design Standards provide an alternative process to design review for some proposals. For some proposals, the applicant may choose to go through the design review process set out in Chapter 33.825, Design Review, or to meet the objective standards of Chapter 33.218, Community Design Standards. The standards for signs are stated in Title 32, Signs and related Regulations. Proposals that do not meet the Community Design Standards — or where the applicant prefers more flexibility — must go through the design review process.

Unless excluded by 33.420.060, When Community Design Standards May Not Be Used, proposals that are within the maximum limits of Table 420-1 may use the Community Design Standards as an alternative to design review.

420-7

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Table 420-1 Maximum Limits for Use of the Community Design Standards [1]

Zones RM2, RM3, RM4, C, E, & CI Zones I Zones IR Zone Zones All except IR

Maximum Limit—New Floor Area 20,000 sq. ft. of floor area

40,000 sq. ft. of floor area See institution's Impact Mitigation Plan or Conditional Use Master Plan.

Maximum Limit—Exterior Alterations • For street facing facades less than 3,000 square feet, alterations affecting less than 1,500 square feet of the façade.

• For street facing facades 3,000 square feet and larger, alterations affecting less than 50% of the facade area.

See institution's Impact Mitigation Plan or Conditional Use Master Plan.

IR Zone Notes: [1] There are no maximum limits for proposals where any of the floor area is in residential use.

33.420.060 When Community Design Standards May Not Be Used The Community Design Standards may not be used as an alternative to design review as follows: A.

In the Central City plan district. See Map 420-1;

B.

In the Gateway plan district. See Map 420-6;

C.

For proposals that do not include any residential uses in the following Design Overlay Zones: 1.

The portion of the South Auditorium plan district outside the Central City plan district.

See Map 420-1;

2.

The Macadam design district. See Map 420-2; and

3.

The Terwilliger design district. See Map 420-3; and

4.

The Marquam Hill design district. See Map 420-5;

D.

For institutional uses in residential zones, unless specifically allowed by an approved Impact Mitigation Plan or Conditional Use Master Plan;

E.

For alterations to sites where there is a nonconforming use, unless the nonconforming use is a residential use;

F.

For non-residential development in the RF through RM2 zones;

G.

If the proposal uses Section 33.405.050, Bonus Density for Design Review;

H.

In the CM3 zone within the St. Johns plan district, structures more than 45 feet in height;

I.

For motor vehicle fuel sales in the 122nd Avenue subdistrict of the East Corridor plan district; and

J.

In the North Interstate plan district proposals taking advantage of the additional height allowed by 33.561.210.B.2.

420-8

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone

(Amended by: Ord. No. 163697, effective 1/1/91; Ord. No. 167054, effective 10/25/93; Ord. No. 169987, effective 7/1/96; Ord. No. 171589, effective 11/1/97; Ord. No. 171849, effective 4/1/98; Ord. No. 174263, effective 4/15/00; Ord. No. 175204, effective 3/1/01; Ord. No. 175837, effective 9/7/01; Ord. No. 176587, effective 7/20/02; Ord. No.176742, effective 7/31/02; Ord. No. 177920, effective 11/8/03; Ord. No. 178172, effective 3/5/04; Ord. Nos. 178423 and 178480, effective 6/18/04; Ord. No. 178452, effective 7/10/04; Ord. No. 178509, effective 7/16/04; Ord. No. 178946, effective 010705, Ord. Nos. 179980 and 179994, effective 4/22/06; Ord. No. 180372, effective 9/30/06; Ord. No. 181357, effective 11/9/07; Ord. No. 182072, effective 8/22/08; Ord. No. 182429, effective 1/16/09; Ord. No. 182962, effective 7/31/09; Ord. No. 183518 03/05/10; Ord. No. 183598, effective 4/24/10; Ord. No. 184842, effective 9/2/11; Ord. No. 185915, effective 5/1/13; Ord. No. 186639, effective 7/11/14; Ord. No. 187216, effective 7/24/15; Ord. No. 188259, effective 3/31/17; Ord. No. 188177, effective 5/24/18; Ord. No. 188958, effective 5/24/18; Ord. No. 189000, 7/9/18; Ord. No. 189137, effective 8/22/18; Ord. No. 189488, effective 12/2/19; Ord. No. 189805, effective 3/1/20; Ord. No. 190023, effective 8/10/20.)

420-9

Chapter 33.420 Design Overlay Zone

Title 33, Planning and Zoning 8/10/20

420-10

R2.5

NE RUSSET ST

N STAFFORD ST

N HOLLAND ST

Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Parkway, Suite 350 Portland, OR 97223 (503) 603-1700 cs@wfgnationaltitle.com

N BUFFALO ST

N MORGAN ST

R5

NE 11 AV TH E NE BALDW IN ST

NE RUSSET ST

NE LOMBARD ST

EG2

NE LOMBARD PL

NE STAFFORD ST

R1

CM2 NE HOLLAND ST

CM2 NE BUFFALO ST

CM2 NE MORGAN ST

R1

CM2

R5

NE 10TH AVE

CM1 R1

NE RODNEY AVE

´

420 Feet

CE

R2

IG2

NE 11TH AVE

NE BALDWIN ST

N LOMBARD ST

D

NE 10TH AVE

EG2

N RUSSET ST

BLV

NE 9TH AVE

R5

B IA

NE 8TH AVE

NE FARRAGUT ST

N WILLIAMS AVE

N BALDWIN ST

ST

NE 8TH AVE

Single Family

N FARRAGUT ST

ELL

NE CO LU M

NE 6TH AVE

Mixed Use Residential

CH

NE MARTIN LUTHER KING JR BLV D

R2

Multi Family

WI N

NE MALLORY AVE

Industrial

NE

IH NE RODNEY AVE

WIN N CH E ST LL

Commercial

105 210

EG2

NE WINCHELL ST

Tax Lots

0

NE KILPATRICK ST

NE GRAND AVE

NE MALLORY AVE

Subject Property

NE KILPATRICK ST

TIN LUTHER MAR NE NG JR BLVD KI THE R U L RTIN MA LVD NE NG JR B KI

Zoning

NE BUFFALO ST

This map is a copy of public record and is provided solely for information purposes. WFG National Title assumes no liability for variations, if any, in dimensions, area or location of the premises or the location of improvements.

Contours Tax Lots

50

Subject Property

60

NE MARTIN LUTHE R KING JR BLVD

55

65

70

75

5' Contours

60

60

70

140 Feet

75

95

35

60

70

´

0

NE RUSSET ST

65

80

90

55

85

90

80

85 85

95

NE LOMBARD ST

90

NE 6TH AVE

Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Parkway, Suite 350 Portland, OR 97223 (503) 603-1700 cs@wfgnationaltitle.com

This map is a copy of public record and is provided solely for information purposes. WFG National Title assumes no liability for variations, if any, in dimensions, area or location of the premises or the location of improvements.

Subject Property Streams

NE WINCHELL ST

ELL

ST

NE FARRAGUT ST

N MORGAN ST

NE BALDW IN ST

NE RUSSET ST

NE STAFFORD ST

NE 11TH AVE

NE LOMBARD PL

NE 10TH AVE

NE LOMBARD ST

NE HOLLAND ST

NE BUFFALO ST

NE MORGAN ST

NE 10TH AVE

Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Parkway, Suite 350 Portland, OR 97223 (503) 603-1700 cs@wfgnationaltitle.com

N BUFFALO ST

D

NE 9TH AVE

N HOLLAND ST

NE MALLORY AVE

N STAFFORD ST

NE RODNEY AVE

420 Feet

BLV

NE 8TH AVE

NE RUSSET ST

N LOMBARD ST

105 210

B IA

NE BALDWIN ST

N RUSSET ST

´

NE CO LU M

NE 11T HA VE

CH

N WILLIAMS AVE

N BALDWIN ST

WI N

NE 8TH AVE

N FARRAGUT ST

NE

NE 6TH AVE

Rivers

NE MARTIN LUTHER KING JR BLV D

WIN N CH E ST LL

Wetlands

NE RODNEY AVE

Flood Plain

0

NE KILPATRICK ST

NE GRAND AVE

NE MALLORY AVE

Tax Lots

NE KILPATRICK ST

TIN LUTHER MAR NE NG JR BLVD KI THE R U L RTIN MA LVD NE NG JR B KI

Flood Plain

NE BUFFALO ST

This map is a copy of public record and is provided solely for information purposes. WFG National Title assumes no liability for variations, if any, in dimensions, area or location of the premises or the location of improvements.

Aerial Subject Property

NE MARTIN LUTHE R KING JR BLVD

Tax Lots

35

70

140 Feet

Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Parkway, Suite 350 Portland, OR 97223 (503) 603-1700 cs@wfgnationaltitle.com

NE RUSSET ST

NE LOMBARD ST

NE 6TH AVE

´

0

This map is a copy of public record and is provided solely for information purposes. WFG National Title assumes no liability for variations, if any, in dimensions, area or location of the premises or the location of improvements.

Aerial Topo Tax Lots

50

Subject Property

60

NE MARTIN LUTHE R KING JR BLVD

55

65

70

75

5' Contours

60

60

70

140 Feet

75

95

35

60

70

´

0

NE RUSSET ST

65

80

90

55

85

90

80

85 85

95

NE LOMBARD ST

90

NE 6TH AVE

Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Parkway, Suite 350 Portland, OR 97223 (503) 603-1700 cs@wfgnationaltitle.com

This map is a copy of public record and is provided solely for information purposes. WFG National Title assumes no liability for variations, if any, in dimensions, area or location of the premises or the location of improvements.

Community EAST COLUMBIA

Tax Lots Subject Property

8 9 s : o n m n { n

Fire Stations Hospitals Schools Libraries Neighborhoods

SUNDERLAND ASSOCIATION OF NEIGHBORS

Rivers Park

Applegate Head Start

PIEDMONT

Trinity Academy

´

0

225 450

Woodlawn Elementary

900 Feet

WOODLAWN

Albina Head Start - N Kerby Ave Albina Head Start - NE Dekum St

Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Parkway, Suite 350 Portland, OR 97223 (503) 603-1700 cs@wfgnationaltitle.com

Holy Redeemer Catholic School

Growing Seeds North

This map is a copy of public record and is provided solely for information purposes. WFG National Title assumes no liability for variations, if any, in dimensions, area or location of the premises or the location of improvements.

NE HALLECK ST

NE MALLORY AVE

NE KILPATRICK ST

Transit Centers

NE 13TH AVE

NE 14TH PL

NE 11TH AVE

NE 10TH AVE

Woodlawn Park

NE

NE 13TH AVE

NE 15TH AVE

A ON IN W ST

BRYANT NE CT NE BRYANT ST

NE SARATOGA ST

This map is a copy of public record and is provided solely for information purposes. WFG National Title assumes no liability for variations, if any, in dimensions, area or location of the premises or the location of improvements.

NE 17TH AVE

ST

NE BUFFALO ST

NE MORGAN ST

NE 13TH AVE

O

NE 13TH AVE

NE 10TH AVE NE

ST

TA ON E N

NE 12TH AVE

NE 8TH AVE NE 8TH AVE

DR A

NA O

M

NE RODNEY CT

Woodlawn Community Garden

E AV

NE RODNE Y AVE

NE BRYANT ST

NE HOLLAND ST

NE BUFFALO ST

T ON

NE CLEVELAND AVE

N MOORE AVE

NE MORGAN ST

NE BUFFA LO ST

EM AR CL

NE DEKUM ST

NE BUFFALO ST

NE LOMBARD PL

NE STAFFORD ST

NE

N DEKUM ST

NE SARATOGA ST

NE HOLLAND ST

UE

N DEKUM ST

N SARATOGA ST

NE STAFFORD ST

EV LL BE E NE AV

N HAIGHT AVE

N BRYANT ST

NE RUSSET ST

NE LOMBARD ST

NE HAM R E DU AV

Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Parkway, Suite 350 Portland, OR 97223 (503) 603-1700 cs@wfgnationaltitle.com

N CONGRE SS AVE

N MORGAN ST

NE MARTIN LUTHER KING JR BLVD

N BUFFALO ST

NE GARFIELD AVE

N HOLLAND ST

NE MALLORY AVE

4/14/2021

NE RODNE Y AVE

680 Feet

N WILLIA MS AVE

170 340

N COMME RCIAL AVE

´

0

NE 11T HA VE

NE RUSSET ST

N LOMBARD ST

N STAFFORD ST

NE BALDWIN ST

NE 7TH PL

N RUSSET ST

DR

NE BALDWIN ST

NE

N BALDWIN ST

AV E

Park

N FARRAGUT NE FARRA GUT ST ST

IA B LV D

NE 9TH AVE

N FARRA GUT ST

OHSU Tram

NE CO LU MB

WIN CH ST ELL

NE 7TH AVE

Light Rail

NE A RGY LE

NE WINCHELL ST

NE 6TH AVE

N KERBY AVE

Bus Lines

WIN N CH E ST LL NE

Farragut Park

NE KILPATRICK ST

NE RODNEY AVE

Bike Routes

N VA NCOUV ER

£ n

NE HALLECK ST

NE GRAND AVE

NE RODNEY AVE

D

RCIA L AV E

Park & Ride

ü Æ

BLV

N COMME

Light Rail Stops

X

UM B IA

N HALLECK ST

N CONGRESS AVE

Bus Stops

X

N KERBY AVE

Subject Property

N COL

JR BLVD KING LV D E R R B TH G J TIN LU KIN E R MAR UTH NE NL RTI

Tax Lots

MA NE

N WILLIS BLVD

NE GRAND AVE

Transit

Subject Property Vacant Lots

NE WINCHELL ST

ELL

ST

NE FARRAGUT ST

N MORGAN ST

NE RUSSET ST

NE STAFFORD ST

NE 11TH AVE

NE LOMBARD PL

NE 10TH AVE

NE LOMBARD ST

NE BUFFALO ST

NE MORGAN ST

NE 10TH AVE

NE HOLLAND ST

NE 9TH AVE

Customer Service Department 12909 SW 68th Parkway, Suite 350 Portland, OR 97223 (503) 603-1700 cs@wfgnationaltitle.com

N BUFFALO ST

D

NE BALDW IN ST

NE 8TH AVE

N HOLLAND ST

NE MALLORY AVE

N STAFFORD ST

NE RODNEY AVE

420 Feet

BLV

NE 8TH AVE

NE RUSSET ST

N LOMBARD ST

105 210

B IA

NE BALDWIN ST

N RUSSET ST

´

NE CO LU M

NE 11T HA VE

CH

N WILLIAMS AVE

N BALDWIN ST

WI N

NE 6TH AVE

N FARRAGUT ST

NE

NE MARTIN LUTHER KING JR BLV D

WIN N CH E ST LL

NE RODNEY AVE

Park

0

NE KILPATRICK ST

NE GRAND AVE

NE MALLORY AVE

Tax Lots

NE KILPATRICK ST

TIN LUTHER MAR NE NG JR BLVD KI THE R U L RTIN MA LVD NE NG JR B KI

Vacant

NE BUFFALO ST

This map is a copy of public record and is provided solely for information purposes. WFG National Title assumes no liability for variations, if any, in dimensions, area or location of the premises or the location of improvements.

Crime Reports

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Population Quick Facts Population 2026 Projection 2021 Estimate 2010 Census 2000 Census Growth 2021-2026 Growth 2010-2021 Growth 2000-2010

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 16,022 15,246 13,792 13,132 5.09% 10.55% 5.02%

2021 Est. Population by Age Age 0 to 4 Age 5 to 9 Age 10 to 14 Age 15 to 17 Age 18 to 20 Age 21 to 24 Age 25 to 34 Age 35 to 44 Age 45 to 54 Age 55 to 64 Age 65 to 74 Age 75 to 84 Age 85 and over

15,246 762 5.00% 836 5.48% 848 5.56% 407 2.67% 366 2.40% 483 3.17% 2,698 17.70% 3,057 20.05% 2,329 15.28% 1,516 9.94% 1,213 7.96% 574 3.77% 157 1.03%

Age 16 and over Age 18 and over Age 21 and over Age 65 and over 2021 Est. Median Age

12,665 12,393 12,027 1,944 39.00

2021 Est. Average Age

39.26

83.07% 81.29% 78.89% 12.75%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Population Quick Facts

2021 Est. Population by Single-Classification Race White Alone Black or African American Alone American Indian and Alaska Native Alone Asian Alone Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone Some Other Race Alone Two or More Races 2021 Est. Population by Ethnicity (Hispanic or Latino) Hispanic or Latino Not Hispanic or Latino 2021 Est. Population by Sex Male Female Copyright © Claritas, LLC 2021. All rights reserved.

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 15,246 10,333 67.77% 2,403 15.76% 136 0.89% 478 3.14% 113

0.74%

752 1,030

4.93% 6.76%

15,246 1,773 11.63% 13,473 88.37% 15,246 7,462 48.94% 7,784 51.06%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Household Quick Facts

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi

Households 2026 Projection 2021 Estimate 2010 Census 2000 Census

6,633 6,283 5,599 5,053

Growth 2021-2026 Growth 2010-2021 Growth 2000-2010

5.57% 12.21% 10.82%

2021 Est. Households by Household Income

6,283

Income Less than $15,000 Income $15,000 to $24,999 Income $25,000 to $34,999 Income $35,000 to $49,999 Income $50,000 to $74,999 Income $75,000 to $99,999 Income $100,000 to $124,999 Income $125,000 to $149,999 Income $150,000 to $199,999 Income $200,000 to $249,999 Income $250,000 to $499,999 Income $500,000 or more 2021 Est. Average Household Income

$

526 418 206 623 989 879 675 639 690 301 261 77 106,542

2021 Est. Median Household Income

$

85,813

White Alone Black or African American Alone American Indian and Alaska Native Alone Asian Alone

$ $ $ $

95,168 50,592 75,925 108,079

Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone

$

89,559

Some Other Race Alone Two or More Races

$ $

59,339 101,803

Hispanic or Latino Not Hispanic or Latino

$ $

56,350 89,102

8.38% 6.65% 3.27% 9.91% 15.74% 13.99% 10.75% 10.16% 10.98% 4.80% 4.15% 1.22%

2021 Median HH Inc. by Single-Classification Race

2021 Est. Households by Household Type Family Households Nonfamily Households

6,283 3,205 51.01% 3,078 48.99%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Household Quick Facts 2021 Est. Group Quarters Population

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 162

2021 Est. Households by Household Size

6,283

1-person 2-person 3-person 4-person 5-person 6-person 7-or-more-person 2021 Est. Average Household Size

1,899 2,095 1,114 659 286 124 107 2.40

30.22% 33.34% 17.73% 10.49% 4.55% 1.98% 1.70%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Household Quick Facts

2021 Est. HHs by Type by Presence of Own Children Married-Couple Family, own children Married-Couple Family, no own children Male Householder, own children Male Householder, no own children Female Householder, own children Female Householder, no own children Copyright © Claritas, LLC 2021. All rights reserved.

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 3,205 849 1,191 135 162 462 406

26.48% 37.18% 4.21% 5.06% 14.41% 12.67%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 1)

Population 2026 Projection 2021 Estimate 2010 Census 2000 Census Growth 2021-2026 Growth 2010-2021 Growth 2000-2010 2021 Est. Population by Single-Classification Race White Alone Black or African American Alone American Indian and Alaska Native Alone Asian Alone Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone Some Other Race Alone Two or More Races

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 16,022 15,246 13,792 13,132 5.09% 10.55% 5.02% 15,246 10,333 67.77% 2,403 15.76% 136 0.89% 478 3.14% 113

0.74%

752 1,030

4.93% 6.76%

2021 Est. Population Hispanic or Latino by Origin

15,246

Not Hispanic or Latino Hispanic or Latino Hispanic or Latino by Origin Mexican Puerto Rican Cuban All Other Hispanic or Latino

13,473 1,773 1,773 1,158 63 72 480

2021 Est. Hisp. or Latino Pop by Single-Classification Race White Alone Black or African American Alone American Indian and Alaska Native Alone Asian Alone Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone Some Other Race Alone Two or More Races

88.37% 11.63% 65.31% 3.53% 4.06% 27.10%

1,773 628 35.45% 85 4.78% 53 2.99% 12 0.69% 4

0.21%

703 39.64% 288 16.24%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 1)

2021 Est. Pop by Race, Asian Alone, by Category Chinese, except Taiwanese Filipino Japanese Asian Indian Korean Vietnamese Cambodian Hmong Laotian Thai All other Asian Races, including 2 or more 2021 Est. Population by Ancestry Arab Czech Danish Dutch English French (except Basque) French Canadian German Greek Hungarian Irish Italian Lithuanian Norwegian Polish Portuguese Russian Scottish Scotch-Irish Slovak Subsaharan African Swedish Swiss Ukrainian United States or American Welsh West Indian (except Hisp. groups) Other Ancestries Ancestry Unclassified

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 478 49 40 51 88 26 139 0 0 21 30

10.15% 8.38% 10.76% 18.48% 5.35% 29.13% 0.00% 0.00% 4.42% 6.34%

33

7.00%

15,246 52 0.34% 113 0.74% 73 0.48% 233 1.53% 992 6.50% 218 1.43% 58 0.38% 1,787 11.72% 116 0.76% 47 0.31% 1,343 8.81% 432 2.83% 35 0.23% 378 2.48% 325 2.13% 39 0.25% 115 0.75% 279 1.83% 98 0.64% 14 0.09% 145 0.95% 293 1.92% 76 0.50% 52 0.34% 878 5.76% 105 0.69% 32 0.21% 5,008 32.85% 1,909 12.52%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 1)

2021 Est. Pop Age 5+ by Language Spoken At Home Speak only English Speak Asian or Pacific Island Language Speak IndoEuropean Language Speak Spanish Speak Other Language

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 14,484 12,553 86.67% 359 2.48% 264 1.83% 1,164 8.04% 143 0.99%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics

2021 Est. Population by Sex Male Female

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 15,246 7,462 48.94% 7,784 51.06%

2021 Est. Population by Age Age 0 to 4 Age 5 to 9 Age 10 to 14 Age 15 to 17 Age 18 to 20 Age 21 to 24 Age 25 to 34 Age 35 to 44 Age 45 to 54 Age 55 to 64 Age 65 to 74 Age 75 to 84 Age 85 and over

15,246 762 5.00% 836 5.48% 848 5.56% 407 2.67% 366 2.40% 483 3.17% 2,698 17.70% 3,057 20.05% 2,329 15.28% 1,516 9.94% 1,213 7.96% 574 3.77% 157 1.03%

Age 16 and over Age 18 and over Age 21 and over Age 65 and over 2021 Est. Median Age

12,665 12,393 12,027 1,944 39.00

2021 Est. Average Age

39.26

Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 1)

83.07% 81.29% 78.89% 12.75%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 1)

2021 Est. Male Population by Age Age 0 to 4 Age 5 to 9 Age 10 to 14 Age 15 to 17 Age 18 to 20 Age 21 to 24 Age 25 to 34 Age 35 to 44 Age 45 to 54 Age 55 to 64 Age 65 to 74 Age 75 to 84 Age 85 and over 2021 Est. Median Age, Male

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 7,462 391 5.24% 429 5.75% 421 5.64% 215 2.88% 193 2.59% 245 3.28% 1,279 17.14% 1,549 20.76% 1,168 15.66% 741 9.93% 538 7.20% 248 3.33% 45 0.60% 38.60

2021 Est. Average Age, Male

38.42

2021 Est. Female Population by Age Age 0 to 4 Age 5 to 9 Age 10 to 14 Age 15 to 17 Age 18 to 20 Age 21 to 24 Age 25 to 34 Age 35 to 44 Age 45 to 54 Age 55 to 64 Age 65 to 74 Age 75 to 84 Age 85 and over 2021 Est. Median Age, Female

7,784 371 4.77% 407 5.22% 427 5.48% 192 2.47% 173 2.22% 239 3.07% 1,419 18.23% 1,507 19.36% 1,161 14.91% 774 9.95% 675 8.68% 326 4.19% 112 1.44% 39.41

2021 Est. Average Age, Female

40.04

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 1)

2021 Est. Pop Age 15+ by Marital Status Total, Never Married Males, Never Married Females, Never Married Married, Spouse present Married, Spouse absent Widowed Males, Widowed Females, Widowed Divorced Males, Divorced Females, Divorced 2021 Est. Pop Age 25+ by Edu. Attainment Less than 9th grade Some High School, no diploma High School Graduate (or GED) Some College, no degree Associate Degree Bachelor's Degree Master's Degree Professional School Degree Doctorate Degree 2021 Est. Pop. Age 25+ by Edu. Attain., Hisp./Lat. No High School Diploma High School Graduate Some College or Associate's Degree Bachelor's Degree or Higher Copyright © Claritas, LLC 2021. All rights reserved.

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 12,800 6,281 49.07% 3,326 25.99% 2,955 23.08% 4,317 33.73% 413 3.22% 412 3.22% 33 0.25% 380 2.97% 1,377 10.76% 450 3.51% 927 7.24% 11,544 364 358 1,536 2,549 894 3,718 1,582 352 191

3.15% 3.10% 13.30% 22.08% 7.74% 32.21% 13.71% 3.05% 1.66%

994 152 170 308 364

15.29% 17.12% 30.95% 36.64%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 2)

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi

Households 2026 Projection 2021 Estimate 2010 Census 2000 Census

6,633 6,283 5,599 5,053

Growth 2021-2026 Growth 2010-2021 Growth 2000-2010

5.57% 12.21% 10.82%

2021 Est. Households by Household Type

6,283

Family Households Nonfamily Households

3,205 51.01% 3,078 48.99%

2021 Est. Group Quarters Population

162

2021 HHs by Ethnicity: Hispanic/Latino

464

7.38%

8.38% 6.65% 3.27% 9.91% 15.74% 13.99% 10.75% 10.16% 10.98% 4.80% 4.15% 1.22%

2021 Est. Households by HH Income Income < $15,000 Income $15,000 to $24,999 Income $25,000 to $34,999 Income $35,000 to $49,999 Income $50,000 to $74,999 Income $75,000 to $99,999 Income $100,000 to $124,999 Income $125,000 to $149,999 Income $150,000 to $199,999 Income $200,000 to $249,999 Income $250,000 to $499,999 Income $500,000+ 2021 Est. Average Household Income

$

6,283 526 418 206 623 989 879 675 639 690 301 261 77 106,542

2021 Est. Median Household Income

$

85,813

White Alone Black or African American Alone American Indian and Alaska Native Alone Asian Alone

$ $ $ $

95,168 50,592 75,925 108,079

Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone

$

89,559

Some Other Race Alone Two or More Races

$ $

59,339 101,803

2021 Median HH Income by Single-Class. Race or Ethn.

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 2)

Hispanic or Latino Not Hispanic or Latino

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi $ $

56,350 89,102

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 2)

2021 Est. Family HH Type by Presence of Own Children

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 3,205

Married-Couple Family, own children Married-Couple Family, no own children Male Householder, own children Male Householder, no own children Female Householder, own children Female Householder, no own children

849 1,191 135 162 462 406

2021 Est. Households by Household Size

6,283

1-person 2-person 3-person 4-person 5-person 6-person 7-or-more-person 2021 Est. Average Household Size 2021 Est. Households by Presence of People Under 18

1,899 2,095 1,114 659 286 124 107

26.48% 37.18% 4.21% 5.06% 14.41% 12.67%

30.22% 33.34% 17.73% 10.49% 4.55% 1.98% 1.70%

2.40 6,283

Households with 1 or more People under Age 18

1,672 26.61%

Households with No People under Age 18

4,611 73.39%

Households with 1 or more People under Age 18 Married-Couple Family Other Family, Male Householder Other Family, Female Householder Nonfamily, Male Householder Nonfamily, Female Householder Households with No People under Age 18 Married-Couple Family Other Family, Male Householder Other Family, Female Householder Nonfamily, Male Householder Nonfamily, Female Householder

1,672 927 55.46% 160 9.58% 560 33.53% 7 0.42% 17 1.01% 4,611 1,114 24.17% 139 3.02% 302 6.54% 1,407 30.52% 1,649 35.76%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 2)

2021 Est. Households by Number of Vehicles No Vehicles 1 Vehicle 2 Vehicles 3 Vehicles 4 Vehicles 5 or more Vehicles 2021 Est. Average Number of Vehicles

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 6,283 565 8.99% 2,595 41.30% 2,251 35.82% 566 9.01% 268 4.27% 39 0.62% 1.62

Family Households 2026 Projection 2021 Estimate 2010 Census 2000 Census

3,382 3,205 2,859 3,020

Growth 2021-2026 Growth 2010-2021 Growth 2000-2010

5.54% 12.08% -5.31%

2021 Est. Families by Poverty Status 2021 Families at or Above Poverty

3,205 3,023 94.32%

2021 Families at or Above Poverty with Children

1,369 42.71%

2021 Families Below Poverty 2021 Families Below Poverty with Children 2021 Est. Pop Age 16+ by Employment Status In Armed Forces Civilian - Employed Civilian - Unemployed Not in Labor Force 2021 Est. Civ. Employed Pop 16+ by Class of Worker For-Profit Private Workers Non-Profit Private Workers Local Government Workers State Government Workers Federal Government Workers Self-Employed Workers Unpaid Family Workers

182 100

5.68% 3.13%

12,665 0 0.00% 9,406 74.27% 380 3.00% 2,879 22.73% 9,258 5,629 60.80% 1,276 13.79% 621 6.71% 371 4.00% 157 1.69% 1,195 12.91% 9 0.10%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 2)

2021 Est. Civ. Employed Pop 16+ by Occupation Architect/Engineer Arts/Entertainment/Sports Building Grounds Maintenance Business/Financial Operations Community/Social Services Computer/Mathematical Construction/Extraction Education/Training/Library Farming/Fishing/Forestry Food Prep/Serving Healthcare Practitioner/Technician Healthcare Support Maintenance Repair Legal Life/Physical/Social Science Management Office/Admin. Support Production Protective Service Sales/Related Personal Care/Service Transportation/Moving 2021 Est. Pop 16+ by Occupation Classification Blue Collar White Collar Service & Farm 2021 Est. Workers Age 16+ by Transp. To Work Drove Alone Car Pooled Public Transportation Walked Bicycle Other Means Worked at Home

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 9,258 210 2.26% 504 5.44% 196 2.12% 700 7.56% 332 3.58% 367 3.97% 340 3.67% 597 6.44% 46 0.50% 730 7.89% 468 5.05% 272 2.94% 135 1.46% 149 1.61% 96 1.04% 1,074 11.60% 968 10.46% 347 3.75% 90 0.97% 712 7.69% 318 3.44% 608 6.56% 9,258 1,430 15.44% 6,176 66.71% 1,652 17.85% 9,017 5,339 59.22% 661 7.33% 1,025 11.37% 259 2.87% 876 9.71% 141 1.56% 716 7.94%

2021 Est. Workers Age 16+ by Travel Time to Work* Less than 15 minutes 15 to 29 Minutes 30 to 44 Minutes 45 to 59 Minutes

1,476 3,909 1,891 593

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 2)

60 or more Minutes

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 473

2021 Est. Avg. Travel Time to Work in Minutes*

28.13

2021 Est. Occupied Housing Units by Tenure

6,283

Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied

3,931 62.57% 2,352 37.43%

2021 Occupied Housing Units: Avg. Length of Residence Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied

12 5

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 2)

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi

2021 Est. Owner Occupied Housing Units by Value

3,931

Value Less than $20,000 Value $20,000 to $39,999 Value $40,000 to $59,999 Value $60,000 to $79,999 Value $80,000 to $99,999 Value $100,000 to $149,999 Value $150,000 to $199,999 Value $200,000 to $299,999 Value $300,000 to $399,999 Value $400,000 to $499,999 Value $500,000 to $749,999 Value $750,000 to $999,999 Value $1,000,000 to $1,499,999 Value $1,500,000 to $1,999,999 Value $2,000,000 or more 2021 Est. Median All Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Value

2021 Est. Housing Units by Units in Structure 1 Unit Attached 1 Unit Detached 2 Units 3 or 4 Units 5 to 19 Units 20 to 49 Units 50 or More Units Mobile Home or Trailer Boat, RV, Van, etc.

Dominant structure type

2021 Est. Housing Units by Year Structure Built Housing Units Built 2014 or Later Housing Units Built 2010 to 2013 Housing Units Built 2000 to 2009 Housing Units Built 1990 to 1999 Housing Units Built 1980 to 1989 Housing Units Built 1970 to 1979 Housing Units Built 1960 to 1969 Housing Units Built 1950 to 1959 Housing Units Built 1940 to 1949 Housing Units Built 1939 or Earlier

22 28 18 15 7 16 39 226 786 1,004 1,296 399 63 4 8 $

0.56% 0.72% 0.46% 0.38% 0.17% 0.42% 0.99% 5.76% 19.99% 25.54% 32.96% 10.15% 1.60% 0.10% 0.20%

480,450

6,585 388 5.89% 4,565 69.32% 475 7.21% 294 4.47% 290 4.40% 136 2.07% 403 6.12% 19 0.29% 15 0.23% 1 Unit Detached 6,585 743 11.28% 194 2.94% 586 8.89% 436 6.62% 263 4.00% 243 3.69% 308 4.67% 632 9.60% 873 13.26% 2,308 35.05%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Demographic Snapshot (Part 2)

2021 Est. Median Year Structure Built** Dominant Year Structure Built

Copyright © Claritas, LLC 2021. All rights reserved. * This row intentionally left blank. No Total Category. **1939 will appear when at least half of the Housing Units in this reports area were built in 1939 or earlier.

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 1952 1939 or Earlier

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Census Demographic Overview (Part 1)

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi

Population 2026 Projection 2021 Estimate 2010 Census 2000 Census Growth 2021-2026 Growth 2010-2021 Growth 2000-2010 2010 Population by Single-Classification Race White Alone Black or African American Alone American Indian and Alaska Native Alone Asian Alone Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone Some Other Race Alone Two or More Races 2010 Population By Ethnicity Not Hispanic or Latino Hispanic or Latino 2010 Hispanic or Latino by Single-Classification Race White Alone Black or African American Alone American Indian and Alaska Native Alone Asian Alone Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone Some Other Race Alone Two or More Races 2010 Population by Sex Male Female Male/Female Ratio

16,022 15,246 13,792 13,132 5.09% 10.55% 5.02% 13,792 8,365 60.66% 3,214 23.31% 134 0.97% 357 2.59% 99

0.72%

737 886

5.34% 6.43%

13,792 12,238 88.73% 1,554 11.27% 1,554 505 32.49% 82 5.26% 40 2.58% 9 0.60% 3

0.16%

689 44.35% 226 14.55% 13,792 6,728 48.79% 7,063 51.21% 0.95

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Census Demographic Overview (Part 1) 2010 Population by Age Age 0 to 4 Age 5 to 9 Age 10 to 14 Age 15 to 17 Age 18 to 20 Age 21 to 24 Age 25 to 34 Age 35 to 44 Age 45 to 54 Age 55 to 64 Age 65 to 74 Age 75 to 84 Age 85 and over Age 16 and over Age 18 and over Age 21 and over Age 65 and over 2010 Median Age

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 13,792 929 6.74% 690 5.00% 655 4.75% 365 2.65% 370 2.68% 712 5.16% 3,099 22.47% 2,603 18.88% 1,645 11.92% 1,430 10.37% 747 5.42% 376 2.72% 172 1.24% 11,414 82.76% 11,152 80.86% 10,782 78.18% 1,294 9.38% 35.29

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Census Demographic Overview (Part 1) 2010 Male Population by Age Age 0 to 4 Age 5 to 9 Age 10 to 14 Age 15 to 17 Age 18 to 20 Age 21 to 24 Age 25 to 34 Age 35 to 44 Age 45 to 54 Age 55 to 64 Age 65 to 74 Age 75 to 84 Age 85 and over 2010 Median Age, Male

2010 Female Population by Age Age 0 to 4 Age 5 to 9 Age 10 to 14 Age 15 to 17 Age 18 to 20 Age 21 to 24 Age 25 to 34 Age 35 to 44 Age 45 to 54 Age 55 to 64 Age 65 to 74 Age 75 to 84 Age 85 and over 2010 Median Age, Female

Copyright © Claritas, LLC 2021. All rights reserved.

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 6,728 460 6.83% 362 5.39% 328 4.87% 195 2.90% 188 2.79% 377 5.61% 1,464 21.76% 1,355 20.14% 816 12.13% 663 9.85% 337 5.01% 142 2.12% 40 0.60% 34.93

7,063 470 328 327 171 182 334 1,635 1,248 828 767 410 233 131 35.69

6.65% 4.64% 4.63% 2.41% 2.58% 4.73% 23.14% 17.67% 11.72% 10.86% 5.80% 3.30% 1.86%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Census Demographic Overview (Part 2)

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi

Households 2026 Projection 2021 Estimate 2010 Census 2000 Census Growth 2021-2026 Growth 2010-2021 Growth 2000-2010 2010 Households by Household Type Family Households Non-family Households

6,633 6,283 5,599 5,053 5.57% 12.21% 10.82% 5,599 2,859 51.06% 2,740 48.94%

2010 Group Quarters Population

164

2010 Hispanic or Latino Households

396

7.07%

2010 Households by Household Size 1-person 2-person 3-person 4-person 5-person 6-person 7-or-more-person

5,599 1,644 1,873 1,002 604 263 109 105

29.36% 33.45% 17.90% 10.78% 4.69% 1.95% 1.88%

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Pop-Facts: Census Demographic Overview (Part 2)

2010 Households by Type and Presence of Children Married-Couple Family, own children Male Householder, own children Female Householder, own children

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi 5,599 760 13.57% 122 2.17% 412 7.36%

Married-Couple Family, no own children Male Householder, no own children Female Householder, no own children

1,059 18.91% 144 2.58% 362 6.47%

Non-family Households

2,740 48.94%

2010 Households by Presence of People Under Age 18 HH with 1 or More People Under Age 18: Households with No People Under Age 18:

5,599 1,494 26.68% 4,105 73.32%

HH with 1 or More People Under Age 18: Married-Couple Family Other Family, Male Householder Other Family, Female Householder Nonfamily, Male Householder Nonfamily, Female Householder

1,494 828 55.43% 142 9.50% 504 33.73% 7 0.47% 13 0.87%

Households with No People Under Age 18: Married-Couple Family Other Family, Male Householder Other Family, Female Householder Nonfamily, Male Householder Nonfamily, Female Householder

4,105 991 24.13% 124 3.02% 270 6.58% 1,250 30.45% 1,470 35.81%

2010 Occupied Housing Units by Tenure Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied

5,599 3,506 62.62% 2,093 37.38%

Copyright © Claritas, LLC 2021. All rights reserved.

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Retail Market Power Opportunity Gap Report

By Retail Store Types

Total retail trade including food and drink (NAICS 44, 45 and 722) Total retail trade (NAICS 44 and 45)

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi Opportunity 2021 Demand 2021 Supply Gap/Surplus $

327,059,981 $

261,416,684 $

65,643,297

$

284,535,672 $

225,033,498 $

59,502,174

Motor vehicle and parts dealers (NAICS 441) Automobile dealers (NAICS 4411) New car dealers (NAICS 44111) Used car dealers (NAICS 44112) Other motor vehicle dealers (NAICS 4412) Recreational vehicle dealers (NAICS 44121) Motorcycle, boat, and other motor vehicle dealers (NAICS 44122) Boat dealers (NAICS 441222) Motorcycle, ATV, and all other motor vehicle dealers (NAICS 441228)

$ $ $ $ $ $

61,757,471 51,859,169 46,524,462 5,334,706 5,069,627 1,948,675

$ $ $ $ $ $

63,481,692 50,032,582 50,032,582 0 6,118,227 5,380,960

-$ $ -$ $ -$ -$

1,724,222 1,826,587 3,508,120 5,334,706 1,048,600 3,432,285

$

3,120,952 $

737,267 $

2,383,685

$

1,164,688 $

314,230 $

850,458

$

1,956,265 $

423,037 $

1,533,228

Automotive parts, accessories, and tire stores (NAICS 4413)

$

4,828,675 $

7,330,882 - $

2,502,207

Automotive parts and accessories stores (NAICS 44131) Tire dealers (NAICS 44132)

$ $

3,053,613 $ 1,775,062 $

842,696 $ 6,488,186 - $

2,210,916 4,713,123

Furniture and home furnishings stores (NAICS 442) Furniture stores (NAICS 4421) Home furnishings stores (NAICS 4422) Floor covering stores (NAICS 44221) Other home furnishings stores (NAICS 44229) Window treatment stores (NAICS 442291) All other home furnishings stores (NAICS 442299)

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

5,669,981 3,076,077 2,593,904 1,031,350 1,562,554 84,766 1,477,788

Electronics and appliance stores (NAICS 443) Household appliance stores (NAICS 443141) Electronics stores (NAICS 443142)

$ $ $

Building material and garden equipment and supplies dealers (NAICS 444) Building material and supplies dealers (NAICS 4441) Home centers (NAICS 44411) Paint and wallpaper stores (NAICS 44412) Hardware stores (NAICS 44413) Other building material dealers (NAICS 44419) Lawn and garden equipment and supplies stores (NAICS 4442) Outdoor power equipment stores (NAICS 44421) Nursery, garden center, and farm supply stores (NAICS 44422) Food and beverage stores (NAICS 445) Grocery stores (NAICS 4451) Supermarkets and other grocery (except convenience) stores (NAICS 44511) Convenience stores (NAICS 44512) Specialty food stores (NAICS 4452)

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

4,903,972 2,324,183 2,579,788 1,024,838 1,554,951 84,766 1,470,185

4,137,267 $ 781,036 $ 3,356,231 $

1,789,296 $ 0 $ 1,789,296 $

2,347,971 781,036 1,566,935

$

19,243,877 $

15,552,443 $

3,691,433

$ $ $ $ $

16,741,394 9,226,083 595,384 1,518,635 5,401,292

13,552,523 9,867,887 0 0 3,684,636

3,188,871 641,804 595,384 1,518,635 1,716,656

$ $ $ $ $

766,009 751,893 14,116 6,513 7,603 0 7,603

$ -$ $ $ $

$

2,502,482 $

1,999,921 $

$

507,158 $

$

1,995,324 $

1,069,731 $

$ $

44,060,068 $ 39,362,020 $

55,914,775 - $ 52,180,660 - $

11,854,707 12,818,639

$

37,742,526 $

47,323,826 - $

9,581,299

$ $

1,619,494 $ 1,104,091 $

4,856,834 - $ 6,515 $

3,237,340 1,097,577

930,190 - $

502,562 423,031 925,593

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Retail Market Power Opportunity Gap Report

By Retail Store Types

Meat markets (NAICS 44521) Fish and seafood markets (NAICS 44522) Fruit and vegetable markets (NAICS 44523) Other specialty food stores (NAICS 44529) Baked goods and confectionery and nut stores (NAICS 445291 + 445292) All other specialty food stores (NAICS 445299) Beer, wine, and liquor stores (NAICS 4453)

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi Opportunity 2021 Demand 2021 Supply Gap/Surplus $ 335,188 $ 0 $ 335,188 $ 131,344 $ 0 $ 131,344 $ 228,928 $ 0 $ 228,928 $ 408,631 $ 6,515 $ 402,116 $

216,676 $

$ $

191,955 $ 3,593,956 $

6,515 $ 3,727,600 - $

Health and personal care stores (NAICS 446) Pharmacies and drug stores (NAICS 44611) Cosmetics, beauty supplies, and perfume stores (NAICS 44612) Optical goods stores (NAICS 44613) Other health and personal care stores (NAICS 44619) Food (health) supplement stores (NAICS 446191) All other health and personal care stores (NAICS 446199)

$ $

16,755,246 $ 14,333,589 $

6,301,637 $ 5,002,253 $

$

1,085,635 $

1,299,384 - $

$ $ $ $

473,290 862,732 307,182 555,550

Gasoline stations (NAICS 447)

$

26,226,118 $

Clothing and clothing accessories stores (NAICS 448) Clothing stores (NAICS 4481) Men's clothing stores (NAICS 44811) Women's clothing stores (NAICS 44812) Children's and infants' clothing stores (NAICS 44813) Family clothing stores (NAICS 44814) Clothing accessories stores (NAICS 44815) Other clothing stores (NAICS 44819) Shoe stores (NAICS 4482) Jewelry, luggage, and leather goods stores (NAICS 4483) Jewelry stores (NAICS 44831) Luggage and leather goods stores (NAICS 44832)

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

12,177,784 8,494,121 362,961 1,698,641 228,524 5,140,787 356,910 706,298 1,934,811 1,748,852 1,564,776 184,076

Sporting goods, hobby, musical instrument, and book stores (NAICS 451) Sporting goods, hobby, and musical instrument stores (NAICS 4511) Sporting goods stores (NAICS 45111) Hobby, toy, and game stores (NAICS 45112) Sewing, needlework, and piece goods stores (NAICS 45113) Musical instrument and supplies stores (NAICS 45114) Book stores and news dealers (NAICS 4512) Book stores (NAICS 451211) News dealers and newsstands (NAICS 451212) General merchandise stores (NAICS 452) Department stores (NAICS 4522) Other general merchandise stores (NAICS 4523) Warehouse clubs and supercenters (NAICS 452311) All other general merchandise stores (NAICS 452319)

$ $ $ $

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

0 $

0 0 0 0

216,676 185,440 133,645 10,453,609 9,331,336 213,749

$ $ $ $

473,290 862,732 307,182 555,550

17,441,791 $

8,784,327

8,149,545 6,871,766 0 1,307,797 0 5,563,969 0 0 21,130 1,256,649 1,256,649 0

$ $ $ $ $ -$ $ $ $ $ $ $

4,028,239 1,622,355 362,961 390,844 228,524 423,182 356,910 706,298 1,913,681 492,203 308,127 184,076

$

4,252,925 $

2,438,684 $

1,814,241

$

3,912,725 $

2,438,684 $

1,474,041

$ $

2,818,610 $ 720,855 $

2,435,567 $ 0 $

383,043 720,855

$

172,966 $

0 $

172,966

$ $ $ $

200,293 340,200 321,332 18,868

$ $ $ $

3,117 0 0 0

$ $ $ $

197,176 340,200 321,332 18,868

$ $ $ $ $

38,621,446 2,854,950 35,766,496 32,022,023 3,744,473

$ $ $ $ $

28,507,701 0 28,507,701 28,507,701 0

$ $ $ $ $

10,113,744 2,854,950 7,258,795 3,514,321 3,744,473

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Retail Market Power Opportunity Gap Report

By Retail Store Types

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi Opportunity 2021 Demand 2021 Supply Gap/Surplus

Miscellaneous store retailers (NAICS 453) Florists (NAICS 4531) Office supplies, stationery, and gift stores (NAICS 4532) Office supplies and stationery stores (NAICS 45321) Gift, novelty, and souvenir stores (NAICS 45322) Used merchandise stores (NAICS 4533) Other miscellaneous store retailers (NAICS 4539) Pet and pet supplies stores (NAICS 45391) Art dealers (NAICS 45392) Manufactured (mobile) home dealers (NAICS 45393) All other miscellaneous store retailers (NAICS 45399) Tobacco stores (NAICS 453991) All other miscellaneous store retailers (except tobacco stores) (NAICS 453998)

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

6,179,316 279,688 1,389,807 541,293 848,514 910,080 3,599,741 1,035,580 625,518 355,905 1,582,737 426,559

$

1,156,178 $

Non-store retailers (NAICS 454) Electronic shopping and mail-order houses (NAICS 4541) Vending machine operators (NAICS 4542) Direct selling establishments (NAICS 4543) Fuel dealers (NAICS 45431) Other direct selling establishments (NAICS 45439)

$ $ $ $ $ $

45,454,175 42,576,447 394,215 2,483,513 1,205,595 1,277,918

$ $ $ $ $ $

20,287,653 17,566,205 0 2,721,448 1,167,354 1,554,094

$ $ $ -$ $ -$

25,166,522 25,010,242 394,215 237,935 38,241 276,176

Food services and drinking places (NAICS 722) Special food services (NAICS 7223) Food service contractors (NAICS 72231) Caterers (NAICS 72232) Mobile food services (NAICS 72233) Drinking places (alcoholic beverages) (NAICS 7224) Restaurants and other eating places (NAICS 7225) Full-service restaurants (NAICS 722511) Limited-service restaurants (NAICS 722513) Cafeterias, grill buffets, and buffets (NAICS 722514) Snack and nonalcoholic beverage bars (NAICS 722515)

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

42,524,308 2,919,029 2,307,022 552,987 59,019 1,623,477 37,981,803 18,787,717 16,292,098 414,930 2,487,058

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

36,383,185 27,452 27,452 0 0 218,182 36,137,551 30,684,369 972,094 0 4,481,088

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ -$ $ $ -$

6,141,124 2,891,577 2,279,571 552,987 59,019 1,405,295 1,844,252 11,896,652 15,320,003 414,930 1,994,030

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

64,860,792 38,621,446 12,177,784 5,669,981 4,137,267 4,252,925 1,389,807

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

41,651,235 28,507,701 8,149,545 766,009 1,789,296 2,438,684 0

$ $ $ $ $ $ $

23,209,557 10,113,744 4,028,239 4,903,972 2,347,971 1,814,241 1,389,807

GAFO* General Merchandise Stores-452 Clothing & Clothing Accessories Stores-448 Furniture & Home Furnishings Stores-442 Electronics & Appliance Stores-443 Sporting Goods, Hobby, Book, Music Stores-451 Office Supplies, Stationery, Gift Stores-4532 * GAFO (General merchandise, Apparel, Furniture and Other) represents sales at stores that sell merchandise normally sold in department stores. This category is not included in Total Retail Sales Including Eating and Drinking Places.

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

4,402,272 0 0 0 0 0 4,402,272 0 0 0 4,402,272 1,804,457

$ $ $ $ $ $ -$ $ $ $ -$ -$

1,777,044 279,688 1,389,807 541,293 848,514 910,080 802,531 1,035,580 625,518 355,905 2,819,535 1,377,898

2,597,815 - $

1,441,636

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST Sitewise Online Demographics Retail Market Power Opportunity Gap Report

By Retail Store Types

Retail Market Power data is derived from two major sources of information. The demand data is derived from the Consumer Expenditure Survey (CE Survey or CEX), which is fielded by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). The supply data is derived from the Census of Retail Trade (CRT), which is made available by the U.S. Census. Additional data sources are incorporated to create both supply and demand estimates.

The difference between demand and supply represents the opportunity gap or surplus available for each merchandise line in the specified reporting geography. When this difference is positive (demand is greater than the supply), there is an opportunity gap for that merchandise line; when the difference is negative (supply is greater than demand), there is a surplus.

Copyright © 2021 Environics Analytics. All rights reserved.

NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 0 - 1 mi Opportunity 2021 Demand 2021 Supply Gap/Surplus

Traffic Listing NE Martin Luther King Jr Blvd & NE Russett ST, Portland, OR 97211 April 14, 2021 Map

#

Street

Cross Street

Dir.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

NE M L King Blvd NE Russet St NE Lombard St NE Lombard St NE M L King Blvd NE 6th Ave NE Stafford St NE Mallory Ave NE Russet St NE Lombard St NE Mallory Ave NE Holland St NE Lombard St NE Columbia Blvd NE M L King Blvd NE M L King Blvd

NE Russet St NE M L King Blvd NE M L King Blvd NE M L King Blvd NE Stafford St NE Stafford St NE M L King Blvd NE Lombard St NE Mallory Ave NE 6th Ave NE Lombard St NE M L King Blvd NE Mallory Ave NE Grand Ave NE Winchell St NE Buffalo St

N E W E S S W S E W N W E NW S S

Powered by Sitewise

Volume 17,211 1,410 25,716 23,178

Type/Year Current Year Published

Dist. (mi) 0.0

(2000)

0.0

Current Year

0.1

Current Year

0.1

22,000

Published

(2001)

0.1

979

Published

(2000)

0.1

973

Published

(2000)

0.1

452

Published

(2000)

0.1

Current Year

0.1

359 24,206

Published

(2001)

0.1

631

Published

(2000)

0.1

708

Published

(2000)

0.2

20,757

Published

(1997)

0.2

21,300

Published

(2001)

0.2

19,991

Current Year

0.2

18,991

Current Year

0.2

Data Source: Kalibrate TrafficMetrix

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211

CRIME STATISTICS Reported crime counts are aggregated across hexagonal 1/8 mile grid sections of the city, and do not represent the number of reported crimes on a speci�c tax lot.

Person Crimes (4) Crimes Against Persons are those whose victims are always individuals.

Assault O�enses (4) Homicide O�enses (0)

Person Crimes Total: 4 City Average: <1

Human Tra�cking O�enses (0) Kidnapping/Abduction (0) Sex O�enses (0) Sex O�enses, Nonforcible (0)

Date

O�ense Group

Crime Type

O�ense Count

05/07/2020

Assault O�enses

Aggravated Assault

1

10/09/2020

Assault O�enses

Aggravated Assault

1

12/04/2020

Assault O�enses

Aggravated Assault

2

Data Range: 03/15/2020 - 03/14/2021 Reported crime counts are aggregated across hexagonal 1/8 mile grid sections of the city, and do not represent the number of reported crimes on a speci�c tax lot. Points on the map are generalized to the midblock point and may represent the location of multiple reported crimes. The locations of certain crimes are not shown on the map due to privacy concerns, but are included in counts and averages.

The records depicted give a general picture of crime events in the surrounding area and are not o�cial crime statistics. Some information displayed is currently under review and may change subject to record �nalization. For greater detail about each record, visit Portland Police Bureau's Open Data Portal and download o�ense data directly from the Crime Statistics Dashboard.

7606 WI/ NE M L KING BLVD PORTLAND, OR 97211

CRIME STATISTICS Reported crime counts are aggregated across hexagonal 1/8 mile grid sections of the city, and do not represent the number of reported crimes on a speci�c tax lot.

Property Crimes (14) Crimes Against Property have an objective of obtaining money, property, or some other bene�t.

Arson (0) Bribery (0) Burglary (3) Counterfeiting/Forgery (0) Embezzlement (0)

Property Crimes Total: 14 City Average: 3

Extortion/Blackmail (0) Fraud O�enses (1) Larceny O�enses (5) Motor Vehicle Theft (3) Robbery (0) Stolen Property O�enses (0) Vandalism (2)

Date

O�ense Group

Crime Type

O�ense Count

03/17/2020

Burglary

Burglary

1

06/04/2020

Larceny O�enses

All Other Larceny

1

07/06/2020

Burglary

Burglary

1

07/11/2020

Burglary

Burglary

1

07/13/2020

Larceny O�enses

Theft From Motor Vehicle

1

07/13/2020

Larceny O�enses

Shoplifting

1

08/25/2020

Fraud O�enses

Credit Card/Atm Fraud

1

09/20/2020

Motor Vehicle Theft

Motor Vehicle Theft

1

10/22/2020

Motor Vehicle Theft

Motor Vehicle Theft

1

10/22/2020

Motor Vehicle Theft

Motor Vehicle Theft

1

11/29/2020

Larceny O�enses

Theft From Motor Vehicle

1

12/04/2020

Vandalism

Vandalism

1

02/02/2021

Larceny O�enses

Theft Of Motor Vehicle Parts Or Accessories

1

02/02/2021

Vandalism

Vandalism

1